Home

Tektronix cts710 User's Manual

1. PATH AIS O ERROR PATH FERF POINTER ADJ VT AIS VT FERF CLEAR HISTORY Red lights indicate an CLEAR HISTORY event is occuring button clears now history of events Figure 2 4 Status Lights With Option 22 Installed CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 25 Functional Overview Reading the Display There are several major areas that make up the CTS 710 display see Figure 2 5 This area displays the contents of the different pages of each nenu Sone pages display control pararreters sone pages display test results The menu nane appears Status message Signal here the menu narre is area This area Status always visible is always visible Icons Indicators SS Tek Measurements Sto hped TRANSMIT MEN Transmit Rate BES Transmit Clock Internal Transmit Level Cross Connect Signal Structure 1 x STS 1 STS Under Test ae Mapping Bulk Fill Equipped Test Pattern PRBS 2423 1 Tx Rx Settings Independent ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORT PATH B ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD QVERHEA D Ustallythese DIDIDIBIDIDIO eire Pages of E E sues RR the Menu page identified above the button perarreter Figure 2 5 Major Areas of the Display 2 6 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview Figure 2 6 provides a guide to specific areas of the display
2. U TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECE lt E a RESULTS CO a E 5 lt o RECEIVE SETTINGS Page 2 of 2 r Mapping DS3 Mapping VT1 5 Receive Rate Signal Structure STS Under Test Mapping VT Under Test Payload Tributary Drop Test Pattem Tx Rx Settings DS3 Unfrarred DS3 C bit DS3 M13 Mapping DS3 On Of Mepping No Mapping PRBS 223 1 PRBS 2720 1 PRBS 215 1 PRBS 279 1 All Ones All Zeros User Word Unknown DS1 Unfrarred DS1 SF D4 DS1 ESF Mapping VT1 5 On AMI On B875 Off Mapping VT1 5 Mapping DS3 Rate DS3 PRBS 223 1 PRBS 2720 1 PRBS 215 1 QRSS 2720 1 All Ones All Zeros ling 3in 24 User Word 8 bit User Word 16 bit User Word 24 bit Unknown CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual PRBS 223 1 PRBS 2720 1 PRBS 215 1 All Ones All Zeros User Word 8 bit User Word 16 bit User Word 24 bit Unknown A 19 Menu Maps G MENUS TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE OO RESULTS UTILITY CI L m MENUs TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE CJ RESULTS UTILITY O EH L SIGNAL STATUS Page Expected Receive Rate Received Optical Power Received Peak Voltage TRANSPORT OVERHEAD Page Showing Overhead for Choices depend on Extemal Drop receive rate Pause Control TTT None D
3. 3 196 Printing Results si c3 07 08 ss ooh was heen ote by eles 3 196 Printing Main Results or Error Analysis 3 196 Printing History Graphs 0 0000 3 198 Changing Instrument Settings 0e ee eeee 3 199 Viewing the Instrument Configuration 3 199 Setting the Display Brightness 00 0 3 200 Turning the Beeper On and Off 000000 3 201 Setting the Date 0 ee eee 3 202 Setting the Time 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 3 202 Changing the Printer Setup 0 000 3 203 Specifying the Printer or File Type 3 204 Setting RS 232 Parameters 0 0000 3 204 Setting the Print User amp Company Text 3 206 Setting Remote Control Parameters 3 206 Setting the GPIB Address 0 0004 3 207 Setting RS 232 Parameters 0004 3 208 vi CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Table of Contents Running Instrument Self Tests 0 000 3 210 Running the Power Up Self Test 3 211 Appendices Appendix A Menu Maps ce ceeee ee ceceee A 1 TEST CONTROL Page ca sly eee eee EREA A 1 RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS Page A 1 RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS Page 00 5 A 2 SAVE INSTRUMENT SETUPS Page 4 A 2 SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS Pa
4. Characteristic Description DS1 DS3 Generator Electrical Output Data Rates DS1 1 544 Mb s DS3 44 736 Mb s Fonrats DS1 AMI B8ZS coded DS3 B3ZS coded Signal Level DSI 3V peakt0 6 V into 100 Q DS3 0 6 V peak 0 24 V into 75 Q Pulse Shape Meets ANSI T1 102 Pulse Masks Connectors DS1 Bantam 100 Q DS3 BNC 75Q Data Source DS1 DS1 Generator SONET VT1 5 Drop DS3 DS3 Generator SONET SPE Drop DS1 DS3 Internal Pattern Generator Frarring DS1 SF D4 ESF Unfrarred DS3 M13 C bit Parity Unfrarred Pattems PRBS 2 1 27 1 273 1 All T s All O s Fixed Pattem 8 bit Fixed Pattem 16 bit Fixed Pattem 24 bit QRSS DS1 only 1 in 8 DS1 only 3 in 24 DS1 only Errors DS1 Frarre Bit Error Single or Continuous CRC 6 Error ESF only Pattem Bit Error DS3 Frarre Bit Error D 10 P Parity Bit Error M13 frarving only C Parity Bit Error C Bit parity only Pattem Bit Error CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix D Specifications Table D 2 Option 22 DS1 DS3 VT1 5 Capabilities Cont Characteristic Error Rate Range Description 1X 10 to 1X 108 with 0 1 resolution Alans and Failures VT1 5 DS3 Mapping VTL5 Map Signal Source VTL5 Mapping VTL5 Active Map Channel Selection VTL5 Background Channels Background Channel Content Background Channel Franing DSI Yellow AIS DS3 Yellow AIS DS3 blue Idle Intemal DS1 Generator Received DS1 signal Floating Asynch Allows se
5. Connecting DS1 DS3 Electrical Signals Initiating Autoscan 1 ee eee eee een ee CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual N Ww w N N O 1 10 Table of Contents Changing Parameters ocs s sgass esesmani oarn e eee eee eee 2 15 Selecting Parameters 00 0000 e eee ee 2 16 Selecting from Lists 5 cso ano eed dae nas 2 16 Changing Decimal Numbers 2 17 Changing Binary Numbers 004 2 20 Entering Text sic 5 25 dais che rhe a habe hie ncn Rakin 2 21 Working with the Disk Drive 000 2 23 Reading Files on Disk 0 0 0 e ee eee ee eee 2 24 TOD al 0 3 si aca aes BaF eS EG AWS CASE EN ES eG 2 27 Before Turning On the CTS 710 0 0 0 eee 2 27 Setting Transmit Parameters 0000 2 28 Setting Receive Parameters 00 0 0 00 00005 2 30 Setting the Test Time 0 00 ale de en aea 2 31 Where Test Results Are Displayed 2 32 Begin the Test cise eid ited tad ere bre pee pale ees 2 33 Inserting Errors Asera ee aa dae ee ee he eee ee 2 34 Adjusting Pointers 0 0 0 cece eee eee 2 36 Viewing Transport Overhead 000 2 40 Editing the Transport Overhead 00 0 2 41 Viewing Test Results o u 0 00 0 000 2 eee eee eee 2 43 Reference Basic Test Procedures essuesssn
6. To set the value of the fifth bit of the K2 byte Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT APS Bit 5 as appropriate COMMANDS under K2 FULL BYTE See Tables 3 20 and 3 21 for descriptions of the preset choices for Bit 5 Table 3 20 Choices for Bit 5 of the K2 Byte When Mode is Set to CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 169 Testing Automatic Protection Switching The label for Bits 6 8 of the K2 byte is Status whether the mode is set to Ring or Span To set the bit pattern for the last three bits of the K2 byte Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT APS Bits 6 8 as appropriate COMMANDS under K2 FULL BYTE See Table 3 22 for descriptions of the preset choices Table 3 22 Choices for Bits 6 8 of the K2 Byte Main Screen Mnemonic Choice Text Bit Pattern IDLE IDLE 000 BR BR Bridged 001 BR amp SVV BR amp SW Bridged amp Switched 010 Not Used Not Used O11 Not Used Not Used 100 Not Used Not Used 101 FERF FERF 110 AIS AS 111 Transmitting the K1 and K2 Bytes 3 170 Changing the values of the K1 and K2 bytes shown in the USER SETUP column does not automatically change the values of the transmitted K1 and K2 bytes The TRANSMIT column shows the K1 and K2 bytes that are being transmitted CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Testing Automatic Protection Switching NOTE You can edit the tran
7. Data Rates Data Fonrats Signal Sensitivity Description 4 6 pom for instrument calibrated within 24 months 1 544 MHz 40 ppm Balanced 100 Q 5 Bantamconnector Clock is recovered from received signal 100 ppmof norinal line rate STS 1 51 84 Mb s 100 ppm STS 3 155 52 Mb s 100 ppm STS 1E AMI B3ZS coded STS 3 STS 3c CMI STS 1 Hi 0 5 Vpk nin to 1 2 Vpk max STSX 1 0 25 Vpk nin to 0 6 Vpk max STS 1 Lo 0 125 Vpk rin to 0 35 Vpk meax STS 1 Monitor 20 CB of flat loss below Xcon STS 3 0 35 Vpk nin to 0 6 Vpk max STSX 3 0 35 Vpk nin to 0 6 Vpk max STS 1 Lo 0 07 Vpk nin to 0 3 Vpk max STS 3 Monitor 26 dB of flat loss below Hi Signal Level Display Readout for Electrical signal level in mW Signal Equalization CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual STS 1 Cross connect equalization for 450 feet of AT amp T 728A cable Low level equalization for 900 feet of AT amp T 728A cable STS 3 Autorratic equalization for O to 450 feet of cable loss to ITU T Rec G 708 and ANSI T1 102 Appendix D Specifications Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Cont Characteristic Description Retum Loss gt 15 dB Connector Unbalanced 75 Q BNC Optical Input Data Rates OC 1 51 84 Mb s 1100 ppm Maximum Input Power Operating Wavelength Signal Sensitivity Optical Power Meter Accuracy Connectors Through Mode OC 3 155 52 Mb s 100 ppm OC 12 622 08 Mis 100 ppm
8. Overhead testing Accessories Some accessories are included with the CTS 710 SONET Test Set If you wish to purchase optional accessories or additional standard accessories see a Tektronix products catalog or contact your local Tektronix field representative 1 2 Standard Accessories CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tektronix part number 070 8852 XX CTS 710 SONET Test Set Reference Tektronix part number 070 9336 XX Instrument Front Cover Tektronix part number 200 3232 XX 75 Q loopback cable Tektronix part number 012 1338 XX Pouch Tektronix part number 016 1266 XX Optional Accessories CTS 710 SONET Test Set Programmer Manual Tektronix part number 070 8924 XX CTS 710 SONET Test Set amp CTS 750 SDH Test Set Reference Programming commands Tektronix part number 070 8854 XX CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Getting Started CTS 710 SONET Test Set amp CTS 750 SDH Test Set Service Manual Tektronix part number 070 8853 XX Hard Transit Case Tektronix part number 016 1157 XX Soft Carrying Bag Tektronix part number 016 1158 XX K212 Portable Instrument Cart Optical Connector Kit Tektronix part number 020 1885 XX First Time Operation This section describes how to set up the CTS 710 for the first time Installing the Accessory Pouch The CTS 710 ships with an accessory pouch that mounts on top of the instrument The pouch is not installed at the factory To install the accessory pouch 1
9. gt a S E EEATT Bottom 00 16 00 20 00 00 00 TEST IN ERR SAVE RECALL SUMMARY RESULTS ANALYSIS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 3 60 On Off Graphs Showing Failures and Alarms Table 3 33 Measurements Displayed as On Off Graphs for SONET Rates CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 185 Viewing Results Table 3 33 Measurements Displayed as On Off Graphs for SONET Rates Cont Table 3 34 Measurements Displayed as On Off Graphs for Tributary Rates Elements of the History Graph Display 3 186 Figure 3 61 shows the elements of a typical history graph display The HISTORY GRAPHS page always displays two graphs The two graphs can be changed to display any measurement taken during a test Graph Name Above each graph is a name that identifies the measurement the graph illustrates History Resolution Above the graph name is a line that states the minimum resolution at which the graph can be displayed The minimum resolution is set at the time the test is run CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results Power Out Indicator If the power to the CTS 710 fails while a test is running the CTS 710 displays the words POWEROUT on the history graph POWEROUT is displayed vertically on the graph and spans the period of time the CTS 710 was without power Cursor The cursor is a line that is scrolled across the graph using the knob Cursor Position Just below the menu nam
10. 2 Ifthe CTS 710 is not turned on the screen is blank press the front panel ON STBY On Standby button to turn it on see Figure 1 5 The ON STBY button controls power to most instrument circuits Power continues to go to certain parts even when this switch is set to STBY CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 1 9 Getting Started 1 10 Tektronix CTS 710 SONET Test Set OIO IO Figure 1 5 ON STBY Button The CTS 710 performs an internal self test each time it is turned on When turned on it displays a screen that states whether or not it passed the self test If the self test passes the status display screen is removed after a few seconds 3 Check the self test results If the self test fails contact your local Tektronix Service Center for assistance Turning Off the CTS 710 Press the ON STBY button to turn off the CTS 710 Once the CTS 710 is in use it is typical to leave the principal power switch on and use the ON STBY button as the power switch If the CTS 710 is frequently moved use the principal power switch to turn the CTS 710 on and off CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual a RE Operating Basics SS EET Functional Overview This section describes how to use and navigate through the basic functions of the CTS 710 including Controls indicators and connectors Elements of the display Menu structure On line help Connecting signals Parameter selection an
11. 3 47 Figure 3 16 The TEST BEGIN Dialog Box 3 51 Figure 3 17 Selecting a Pass Fail Test for Deleting 3 53 Figure 3 18 The AUTOSCAN Dialog Box Showing Signal DEPUCOURE rapa APEE EE o Gewese os 3 56 Figure 3 19 Viewing Tributary Signal Structure 3 57 Figure 3 20 The Meaning of the Icons in the Autoscan Dialog BOX sosie Esser Sie E essere Nede esa wee 3 58 Figure 3 21 Front Panel Status Lights with Add Drop Test Option Installed cee cece cece ee eee 3 59 Figure 3 22 Sequence for Setting SONET Signal Parameters ERE RENEE ENERET 3 63 Figure 3 23 Sequence for Setting SONET Signal Parameters When Mapping a Tributary Signal 3 64 Figure 3 24 SONET Transmit Rates 3 65 Figure 3 25 CTS 710 in Through Mode 3 68 Figure 3 26 Mapping a Tributary Signal 3 73 Figure 3 27 Editing the User Word Byte 3 77 Figure 3 28 Editing the Z2 Transmit Overhead Byte 3 79 Figure 3 29 Editing an Overhead Byte 3 80 Figure 3 30 Editing the J1 Path Trace Byte 3 84 Figure 3 31 Adding Data into the DCC 3 86 Figure 3 32 Adding Data into the User Channel 3 87 Figure 3 33 Sequence for Setting Tributary Signal Parameters 26 6 oi Stidvee adios eee ene Ga lasses ees 3 89 Figure 3 34 Tributary Transmit Rates 3 91 Figure 3 35 Editing the User Word 6
12. 4 of the K1 Byte When Mode is Set to Ring cece cece ee eens 3 163 Table 3 17 Choices for Bits 1 4 of the K1 Byte When Mode is Set to Span cc eee cece ec ee cece ees 3 164 Table 3 18 Choices for Bits 5 8 of the K1 Byte 3 166 Table 3 19 Choices for Bits 1 4 of the K2 Byte 3 168 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Table of Contents Table 3 20 Choices for Bit 5 of the K2 Byte When Mode is Set 10 Span seso eri E E waste lereve leaner Table 3 21 Choices for Bit 5 of the K2 Byte When Mode is Set to Ring 2 cc cece cece ete cere eee renee Table 3 22 Choices for Bits 6 8 of the K2 Byte Table 3 23 Results Displayed on MAIN RESULTS Page Table 3 24 T1M1 Section Analysis Results Displayed on the ERROR ANALYSIS Page 0eeeeeee Table 3 25 T1M1 Line Analysis Results Displayed on the ERROR ANALYSIS Page cece ee ceeees Table 3 26 T1M1 Path Analysis Results Displayed on the ERROR ANALYSIS Page cece e cece eens Table 3 27 TIM1 VT1 5 Analysis Results Displayed on the ERROR ANALYSIS Page cece ee ceeeee Table 3 28 T1M1 Payload Analysis Results Displayed on ERROR ANALYSIS Page cece e eee eeeee Table 3 29 DS1 Path Analysis Results Displayed on ERROR ANALYSIS Page eee cece eevee Table 3 30 DS3 Path Analysis Results Displayed on ERROR ANALYSIS Page 0 cece ee eeee Table 3 31 Measurements Displayed
13. Disk file too large for memory buffer truncated You recalled a file and it was too large to load into memory This can occur if an instrument settings file is recalled that has been edited on a PC and the edited file is larger than the original file Disk has changed operation aborted You attempted to recall a disk file and the disk has been changed since the directory was read Reinsert the original disk and recall the file again Disk is busy You tried to save a file to disk while the disk was active Wait until the disk activity light turns off and save to disk again B 4 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix B Status and Error Messages Disk is full You tried to save a file to disk and there is not enough room on the disk for the file Insert a disk with space available and save the file again Disk not present in drive You tried to save a file to disk but no disk is in the drive Insert a formatted disk and save the file again Disk is write protected cannot write to file You tried to save a file to a disk that is write protected Disk operation failed A disk error occurred while reading or writing to the disk If you were trying to save a file to disk save the file to a different disk If you were trying to read a file from disk you might be able to recover the file using an MS DOS disk recovery program Error insertion disabled while in Through Mode You pressed the INSERT ERROR button while the CTS 710
14. Mapping VT1 5 gt Mapping gt Mapoing VT1 5 gt SEJE Async only VTISA Async DS3 only 34 94 DS3 only gt Figure 3 37 Sequence for Setting SONET Signal Parameters When Demapping a Tributary Signal Setting the Receive Rate To set the receive rate Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE as appropriate SETTINGS see Figure 3 38 m Select STS 1 STS 3 OC 1 OC 3 or OC 12 to receive a SONFT signal m Select DS1 DS3 or DS3 DS1 to receive a tributary rate signal See page 3 121 for details on setting tributary signal parameters 3 100 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters Available SONET Receive Rates Tek Measurements Stopped gt OC 1 amp oc 1 Receive Rate woe OC 1 Signal Structure STS 1 STS Under Test skr Map pind oc eessscsesecsssessssssieeee No Mapping Equipped Test Pattern PRBS 2423 1 TX RX Settings ce Independent SIGNAL TRANSPORTI PATH STATUS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 38 SONET Receive Rates Independent Receive and Transmit Settings Generally you can set the receive and transmit settings independent ly For example you can receive an electrical signal at the STS 1 rate while simultaneously transmitting an optical signal at the OC 3 rate However when working with tributary signals the receive and transmit parameters are not completely
15. None V5 Byte Pause Control Updates Active Path Overhead Path Trace Message 00100000 Tektronix CTS 710 SONET 110111010 Test Set Hello how are 00000010 you Sr 00000000 00000000 144911101 00000000 RECEIVE SIGNAL TRANSPORTI SETTINGS STATUS OVERHEAD Figure 3 41 J1 Path Trace Message Received by the CTS 710 Dropping DCC and User Channel Overhead Bytes You drop the contents of the Data Communications Channel DCC and User Channel to an external protocol analyzer The data from the DCC and User Channel is dropped through the Overhead Add Drop Port located on the rear panel See Appendix G for detailed information on the port pin assignments To drop data from the DCC 1 Connect an external protocol analyzer to the CTS 710 using the Overhead Add Drop Port on the rear panel of the CTS 710 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 117 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters 3 118 2 Configure the CTS 710 to drop the DCC data bytes Highlight Parameter RECEIVE Extemal Drop see Figure 3 42 m Select None if you do not want to drop the DCC bytes m Select D1 D3 to drop the D1 D3 bytes of the DCC m Select D4Q D12 to drop the D4 D12 bytes of the DCC m Select F1 to drop the F1 byte of the DCC Tek Measurements Stopped ade RECEIVE ST5 1 Receiving STS 1 withSTS 1 1 under test Showing Overhead for STS 1 1 None External Drop Bcc D1 D3 Pa Pa
16. Simulating Transmit Failures The CTS 710 can simulate transmit failure conditions to test the response of the network To simulate a transmit failure Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT ERRORS amp Failure set to None ALARMS LOS LOF STS LOP Add Drop Test Option Only VT LOP Add Drop Test Option Only VT LOM Add Drop Test Option Only NOTE VT LOP and VT LOM can be selected only if Mapping on the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page is set to VT 1 5 Async m Select None to stop simulating failures m Select LOS to simulate a loss of signal failure m Select LOF to simulate a loss of frame failure m Select STS LOP to simulate a loss of pointer failure in the STS m Select VT LOP to simulate a loss of pointer failure in the virtual tributary m Select VT LOM to simulate a loss of multiframe failure in the virtual tributary 3 138 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors All transmit failures remain in effect until they are deliberately turned off CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 139 Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors 3 140 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual SS Ra Setting Pointers and Changing Timing This section describes how to generate pointer movements within the transmitted signal When stress testing a network you may want to move pointers or introduce a frequency offset The CTS 710 SONET Test Set all
17. Table 3 4 Fail If Conditions of a Pass Fail Test Cont Threshold gt LO0e 9 gt LO0e 8 gt L0e 7 gt L0e 6 USER Condition Type Error Count 2 gt 10 gt 100 gt 1000 USER O 10000 gt 0 gt 10 gt 100 gt 1000 USER O 10000 0 gt 10 gt 100 gt 1000 USER O 10000 gt 0 gt 10 gt 100 1000 USER O 10000 0 gt 10 gt 100 1000 USER O 10000 0 gt 10 gt 100 1000 USER O 10000 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 341 Working with Test Setups Table 3 4 Fail If Conditions of a Pass Fail Test Cont Payload BIT 0 gt 10 100 1000 USER O 10000 DS3 Party 3 gt 10 gt 100 1000 USER O 10000 Condition Type gt 10 100 1000 USER O 10000 Errored Seconds 0 gt l gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 Section B1 3 gt gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 DS1 CRC Any gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 3 gt gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 Line B2 3 Path B3 gt l 3 42 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups Table 3 4 Fail If Conditions of a Pass Fail Test Cont Condition Type USER O 10000 gt gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 gt gt gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 gt L gt 10 gt 60 USER O0 10000 gt 0 gt L gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 Pointer O gt gt 10 gt 60
18. U TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECE lt E U RESULTS CO c 2 c 5 lt 0 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual TRANSMIT SETTINGS Page 2 of 2 Transmit Rate Transmit Clock Transmit Level Signal Structure STS Under Test Mapping VT Under Test Payload Test Pattem Background Pattem T gt Rx Settings Mapping VT1 5 Async DS1 Ext Add DS1 Unfrarred DS1 SF D4 DS1 ESF Mapping VT1 5 Async PRBS 223 1 PRBS 2720 1 PRBS 215 1 QRSS 2720 1 All Ones All Zeros ling 3in 24 User Word 8 bit User Word 16 bit User Word 24 bit Mapping V1 5 Async VT A VT 28 Next Previous Mapping DS3 DS3 Ext Add DS3 Unfrarred DS3 C bit DS3M13 Mapping DS3 PRBS 223 1 PRBS 2720 1 PRBS 215 1 All Ones All Zeros User Word 8 bit User Word 16 bit User Word 24 bit Mapping V1 5 Async QRSS 2720 1 Menu Maps m MENUus TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE SL RESULTS UTILITY Oo Oo ERRORS amp ALARMS Page 1 of 4 Error Type set to Mapping Mapping Error Rate set to Transmit Alarmset to Transmit Failure set to No Mapping Section B1 Line B2 Path B3 Path FEBE Pattem Bit V1 5 Async None Section B1 Line B2 Path B3 Path FEBE VT BIP VT FEBE Pattem Bit Mapping VT1 5 Async amp Payload DS1 SF D4 None Section B1 Line B2 Path B3 P
19. amp ALARMS Tagg COMMANDS OVERHEAD PATH OVERHEAD Figure 2 14 Selecting USER DEFINED After you select USER DEFINED the buttons at the right side of the display are reassigned as shown in Figure 2 15 2 18 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview Tuming the knob Selecting this choice allows the knob changes this value to make large changes quickly Tek Measurements Stoppe FF sTs 3 f TRANSMIT i Peon ge Pointer Timing Mode Fraquency Offset Offset Mod OFF Li Coals set Mode oes At Line Selecting this Frequency Offset 2 0 8ppm 3 oe choice allows the Fine knob to make small changes You must select DONE TTT DONE to exit the edit mode ka ERRORS SETTINGS amp ALARMS COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD APS EEI PATH Figure 2 15 Entering a Numeric Value After you press USER DEFINED the CTS 710 enters edit mode In edit mode you change the value of the highlighted parameter by turning the knob When you have set the parameter to the desired value select DONE to enter the value and exit edit mode NOTE The new value does not take effect until DONE is selected When in edit mode the knob can work in several ways As shown in Figure 2 15 the knob can be assigned to make either coarse or fine adjustments to the highlighted parameter For other parameters the knob is assigned to change different elements of the selected parameter For example wh
20. 3 23 files disk 2 23 Firmware Revision INSTR CON FIG 3 199 5 min Test Duration 3 23 Flow Control PRINTER SETUP 3 205 4 x STS 3c Signal Structure TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 70 Framing RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 124 Frequency Offset Pointer Timing Mode 3 149 POINTERS amp TIMING 3 150 FS APS COMMANDS 3 165 FS R APS COMMANDS 3 164 FS S APS COMMANDS 3 164 fuse 1 7 G GPIB connector G 3 GPIB parameters 3 206 GPIB Primary Address REMOTE CONTROL 3 207 GPIB programming See Program mer Manual green lights 2 4 3 59 Index H Hardware Handshake REMOTE CONTROL 3 209 Hardware Revision INSTR CON FIG 3 199 HELP button 2 12 Help dialog box 2 12 High Receive Level 3 103 Transmit Level 3 69 high intensity text 2 16 history graphs displaying 3 182 elements of 3 186 resolution 3 189 zooming 3 188 History Resolution 3 27 Hour Test Duration 3 25 icons 2 8 IDLE APS COMMANDS 3 170 Illegal Max 1 Pointer Value Set to 3 145 3 146 Inc GPIB Primary Address RE MOTE CONTROL 3 207 Increment Pointer Direction 3 148 Independent Tx Rx Settings RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 102 3 124 TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 66 3 92 Initialization Period 3 152 Initialization Time POINTERS amp TIMING 3 158 initializing the CTS 3 35 INSERT ERROR button 3 133 installation 1 7 Index 6 instrument setups creating 3 32 recalling 3 34 Interface Module INSTR CON
21. An acronym for Line Terminating Equipment Mapping The process of placing a tributary signal into a SONET SPE Mb s Megabits per second NE An acronym for Network Element OC An acronym for Optical Carrier OOF An acronym for Out of Frame Optical Carrier Level N OC N An optical version of an STS N signal Path The portion of a transmission network between two terminal multiplexers Path Overhead POH A set of bytes allocated within the information payload to carry CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Glossary status and maintenance information between two network elements POH An acronym for Path Overhead PTE An acronym for Path Terminating Equipment Rx An abbreviation for Receive Section The portion of a transmission line between a Network Element NE and a Line Terminating Equipment LTE or two LTEs Section Coding Violation CV A BIP error that is detected at the Section layer CVs for the Section layer are collected using the BIP 8 in the B1 byte located in the Section overhead of STS 1 number 1 Section Errored Second ES A second during which at least one Section CV or OOF COFA event occurred or a second during which the NE was at any point during the second in the LOS state Section Overhead SOH A set of bytes allocated within each frame to carry framing and error monitoring information between an NE and LTE or between two LTEs Part of the transport overhead SES
22. BI oe ae tek ae w ae Et 00000000 Fi 00000000 DO Change the D1 00000000 Dz 00000000 D3 00000000 RER gt HI x HZ wk H3 e eee kkk highlighted bit by B2 k kkk kkk k K 00000000 k2 00000000 selecting one of D4 00000000 Ds 00000000 Ds 00000000 CO 3 D7 00000000 ps 00000000 Dns 00000000 these choices D10 00000000 D11 00000000 D12 00000000 s 51 00000000 Mo 00000000 Ez 00000000 DONE Eiaa ERRORS JANE APS ag PATH SETTINGS 2 ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS fem OVERHEAD Select the bit to edit by Select DONE when you are using the knob finished editing Figure 2 17 Editing a Byte Entering Text Several parameters such as file names operator prompts and path trace messages consist of text strings You can set text strings to preset choices or enter your own text string When you highlight a text parameter using the knob the choices at the right side of the display change to present predefined text strings if appropriate and the option to edit the text string see Figure 2 18 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview Tek Measurements Stopped Select the text string to edit by using the knob gt STS 1 STS 1 CHOICES Set up the instrument as required hen fill out the parameters below and save to dis ar memory None Name aati eaa SEZ P 11 Description messen Ree Clear Save to Memory Select Action Save to Disk Select
23. Button Parameter Select Choice RESULTS none Change Bottom turn the knob to Path B3 Errored select the desired Secs graph Select Graph 8 Turning the knob moves the cursor from one bar to the next The specific measurement values at the cursor location are shown in the display 9 Once the graph fills the width of the display you can pan through the entire test using the knob 10 You can compress or expand the time scale with the Zoom Out or Zoom In action buttons Press the button next to Zoom Out to change the time scale to 5 minutes per bar CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 21 Basic Test Procedures 3 22 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual EEE ee Setting Test Control Parameters This section describes how to set the duration for a test the resolution of the test history and how to start and stop a test It also lists parameters that cannot be adjusted during a test and other actions that cannot be performed while a test is running Setting the Test Time Duration Before running a test you must specify how long the test will run The default test duration is continuous which means a test runs until you stop it with the START STOP button To set the duration of a test Press Menu Button Select Choice TEST SETUPS TEST CONTROL Test Duration 5 min see Figure 3 8 15 min 1 hour Continuous USER DEFINED m Select Continuous to set the test to run until the START STOP button is pr
24. REEF orme Getting Started This section provides a description of the CTS 710 a list of standard and optional accessories and explains how to operate the CTS 710 for the first time Product Description The Tektronix CTS 710 SONET Test Set is a rugged portable test set designed for installing and maintaining telecommunications networks The CTS 710 is a SONET analyzer that combines bit error rate test capabilities with overhead testing payload mapping and demapping in one unit The CTS 710 features the following capabilities STS 1 STS 3 OC 1 OC 3 OC 12 DS1 and DS3 transmit and receive Optical interface available at 1310 nm and 1550 nm Bit Error Rate testing BIP error monitoring and analysis Payload mapping and demapping Tributary Add Drop Test Pointer generation including sequences and analysis Alarm generation and analysis DS1 DS3 error monitoring and analysis DS1 Demultiplex from direct input DS3 or a DS3 embedded in a SONET rate signal Performance monitoring APS testing DCC and user channel access Programmable via IEEE 488 2 and RS 232 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 11 Getting Started The CTS 710 meets the needs of the craftsperson and the network engineer The CTS 710 meets the requirements of those working in network installation and maintenance by providing the capability to perform Network integrity testing In service performance monitoring Stimulus and response testing Stress testing
25. SETTINGS Notice that the signal status icons in the upper right corner of the display changed to indicate that the settings are no longer coupled Setting the Receive Level To specify the receive level for electrical signals Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter RECEIVE RECEIVE SETTINGS m Select Normal to set the line level to normal Select Monitor to set the line level to the monitor level Select Bridge to set the line level to the bridged level Setting the Framing When receiving a tributary signal you can specify the framing of the signal 3 124 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting TributaryPDH Receive Parameters To specify the framing of a received tributary signal Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE Framing as appropriate SETTINGS NOTE The choices available for Framing depend on the selected Receive Rate m Select DS1 Unframed to receive an unframed DS1 signal m Select DS1 SF D4 to receive a DS1 signal with SuperFrame framing m Select DS1 ESF to receive a DS1 signal with Extended SuperFrame framing m Select DS3 Unframed to receive an unframed DS3 signal m Select DS3 C bit to receive a DS3 signal using C bit framing m Select DS3 M13 to receive a DS3 signal using M13 framing Specifying the Test Pattern To specify the test pattern of the received signal Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page P
26. STS 1 STS Test Duration ee Od Oh 15m Os oe 7 x D History Resolution Normal 1 min samples ay At 1 minute resolution the maximum history length Hour is 3 days Upon reaching the 3 day limit new data will begin overwriting the old data G Minute Second DONE RECALL RECALL SAME SAVE l INSTRUMENT PASS FAIL INSTRUMENT PASS FAIL SETUPS TESTS SETUPS TESTS Figure 3 9 Setting a USER DEFINED Test Duration CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 25 Setting Test Control Parameters Table 3 2 lists the range limits for the test duration Table 3 2 Test Duration Limits NOTE Although a test can be set to run up to 99 days 23 hours 59 minutes and 59 seconds only results from a limited period are saved in memory The period of test results saved is determined by the History Resolution setting Setting the History Resolution The history of test results can be recorded at two resolutions either 1 minute or 15 minutes At 1 minute resolution 3 days worth of test results can be recorded At 15 minutes resolution 45 days worth of test results can be recorded 3 26 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Test Control Parameters To set the history resolution of a test Press Menu Button Select Choice TEST SETUPS Normal 1 min Low 15 min Starting and Stopping a Test To start or stop a test m Press START STOP When a test starts the light next to the STAR
27. TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Framing DS1 Unfrarred SETTINGS DS1 SF D4 DS1 ESF m Select DS1 Unframed to transmit a signal without framing m Select DS1 SF D4 to transmit a signal with Superframe framing 3 94 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Tributary SignalPDH Transmit Parameters m Select DS1 ESF to transmit a signal with Extended Superframe framing To set the framing for a DS3 signal Press Menu Button Select Choice TRANSMIT DS3 Unfrarred DS3 C bit DS3 M13 m Select DS3 Unframed to transmit a signal without framing m Select DS3 C bit to transmit a signal with C bit framing m Select DS3 M13 to transmit a signal with M13 framing CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 95 Setting Tributary SignalPDH Transmit Parameters Specifying the Test Pattern You can select a test pattern to transmit in the tributary signal To specify the test pattern to transmit Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Test Pattem PRBS SETTINGS 223 1 PRBS 2720 1 PRBS 215 1 QRSS 220 1 ling All Ones All Zeros User Word 8 bit User Word 16 bit User Word 24 bit m Select QRSS 220 1 to send a Quasi Random Signal Source sequence as the test pattern DS1 only m Select 1 in 8 to set the test pattern to 01000000 m Select 3 in 24 to set the test pattern to 01000100 00000000 00000100 m Select User Word 8 bit User Word 16 bit or User Word
28. Use the knob Not allowed File stored on disk File stored in nenory Message or waming identifier DERS Press the button to performthe indicated action E The CTS 710 is busy 2 8 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview The Basic Menu Structure The CTS 710 is controlled primarily through its menu system Though several controls are located on the front panel such as INSERT ERROR most functions are controlled from one of the five menus Figure 2 7 shows the five menus Tek Measurements Stopped STS 1 STs 1 UTILITY CHOICES Tek Measurements Stopped ST5 1 ST5 1 RESULTS Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 STs 1 RECEIVE CHOICES Tek Measurements Stopped STS 1 STs 1 TRANSMIT CHOICES Tek Measurements Stopped gt ST5 1 STS 1 TEST SETUPS CHGICES TeSt DUPAtION danne fcontinuous History Resolution n s Normal 1 min samples 5 min At 1 minute resolution the maximum history length is 3 days Upon reaching the 3 day limit new data will begin overwriting the old data DEFINED TEST CONTROL Figure 2 7 The Five Menus What is a Menu A menu groups related functions together For example all settings that affect the signal transmitted by the CTS 710 are located in the TRANSMIT menu Each menu is made up of pages A page is CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 9 Functional O
29. for the condition types Alarm and Failure the threshold for any specific condition is Detected or Not Detected 3 38 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups m Detected If the specified condition is detected the test fails m Not Detected If the specified condition is not detected the test fails Table 34 Fail If Conditions of a Pass Fail Test Condition Type Specific Condition Threshold Aam mooo Line AIS Detected Not Detected Line FERF Detectec Not Detected Path AIS Detectec Not Detected PATH FERF Detected Not Detected VT AIS Detectec Not Detected Failure STS LOP Detectec Not Detected VT LOP Detected Not Detected VT LOM Detected Pattem Sync Detected Not Detected Error Ratio GUMMY zege CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 39 Working with Test Setups Table 3 4 Fail If Conditions of a Pass Fail Test Cont Condition Type Specific Condition Threshold Section B1 gt L O0e 9 gt 1 0e 8 gt 1 0e 7 gt 1 0e 6 USER Line B2 gt L 0e 9 gt L0e 8 gt L0e 7 gt 1 0e 6 USER Path B3 gt 1L0e 9 gt LO0e 8 gt LO0e 7 gt L O0e 6 USER gt L O0e 9 gt LO0e 8 gt LO0e 7 gt LO0e 6 USER VT FEBE gt 1L0e 9 gt LO0e 8 gt LO0e 7 gt LO0e 6 USER Payload BIT gt LO0e 9 gt LO0e 8 gt LO0e 7 gt L 0e 6 USER gt LO0e 9 gt LOe 8 gt LO0e 7 gt L O0e 6 USER 3 40 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups
30. where N is selected to be the smallest integer that makes the product gt 30s CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 153 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing Table 3 13 Pointer Sequences Generated Cont Pointer Sequence Periodic Continuous with Periodic 87 3 Periodic 87 3 With Cancel Description Tine between added pointer nrovement and previous normal pointer novenert for STS pointers is 0 5 ms and for VTL 5 pointers is 2 ms Tine between nomal pointer moverrents is as follows STS pointers have a range of 0 34 s to 10s witha resolution of 1 ms e VTL5 pointer moverrents has a range of 1s to 10s with a resolution of 1 mrs Sequence pattem is 87 pointer nroverrents followed by 3 missing pointer moverrents Tine between STS pointer moverrents has a range of 0 34 s to 10s with a resolution of 1 rs Sequence pattem is 87 pointer nroverrents followed by 3 missing pointer moverrerts with a cancelled pointer movement at the 87th pointer Tine between STS pointer moverrents has a range of 0 34 s to 10s with a resolution of 1 rs Tine between cancelled pointers is equal to tine between pointers X 90 xX N where N is selected to be the smallest integer that makes this product gt 30s Periodic 87 3 With Add Periodic 26 1 3 154 Sequence pattem is 87 pointer nroverrents followed by 3 missing pointer moverrents with an added pointer moverrent after the 43rd pointer Tine between STS pointer
31. 0 00 0002 e eee G44 Calibration Signal Output 0 000 G44 Overhead Add Drop Port 0 000000002 eee G 5 BITS Timing Reference Input 0 0 G 7 Appendix H Changing Optical Port Connectors H 1 Cleaning the Optical Ports 00 0 0 0000 H 1 Changing the Optical Port Connectors H 2 Appendix I Packing for Shipment I 1 Glossary and Index viii CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Table of Contents List of Figures Figure i Placing the Reference for Easy Viewing xxiii Figure 1 1 Installing the Accessory Pouch 1 4 Figure 1 2 Inserting the Pouch Under the Front Panel Timrota dus beats ates Dees hosed E a 1 5 Figure 1 3 Location of the D Ring on the Accessory Pouch 1 6 Figure 1 4 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors Used in SOUP peoe a hele ee dete ce E aed OE Mae eed 6c 1 8 Figure 1 5 ON STBY Button 20sec eee 1 10 Figure 2 1 Controls Located Around the Display 2 2 Figure 2 2 Front Panel Controls Indicators and Connectors ibis ease ieee tia tS Va a Me aes 2 3 Figure 2 3 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 2 4 Figure 2 4 Status Lights With Option 22 Installed 2 5 Figure 2 5 Major Areas of the Display 2 6 Figure 2 6 Specific Elements of the Display 2 7 Figure 2 7 The Five Menus ce ceeeec
32. 0 00 0 Path B3 BIP 0 0 00 0 Failures Pattern Bit 0 0 00 0 Alarms Line FEBE 0 0 00 0 Pointers Path FEBE 0 0 00 0 TEST ERROR HISTORY SAVE RECALL SUMMARY ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 2 24 The MAIN RESULTS Page of the RESULTS Menu The MAIN RESULTS page contains a listing of the different errors that can occur Since you have not started your test yet the values are those of the last test run To continue with the test setup select TEST SUMMARY Begin the Test Note at the top of the display the message Measurements Stopped When you start the test this message will change To start the test press the front panel START STOP button Once a test starts the display changes in two ways First the message Running appears at the top of the display see Figure 2 25 This message line is always visible so you know that a test is running even if a page is displayed that doesn t contain any information about tests Second the test status indicator appears CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 33 Tutorial There are two elements to the test status indicator The text above the bar graph indicates how long the test has been running The text lists the days hours minutes and seconds the test has been running The bar graph indicates what percentage of the test is complete except when the test duration is set to continuous Tek Running Od Oh Om 10s amp STS 3 RESULTS ea SS eee STS 3 Results So
33. 000000 3 122 Independent Receive and Transmit Settings 3 123 Coupling Receive and Transmit Settings 3 123 Setting the Receive Level 000 3 124 Setting the Framing 00 0 0 0 000000 3 124 Specifying the Test Pattern 00 0 3 125 Demultiplexing a DS1 from a DS3 Signal 3 127 Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors 04 3 131 Simulating Error Conditions 000 3 131 Specifying the Error to Insert 3 132 Inserting Errors coce sues eek Sea Mies ee ce 3 133 Setting Alarms cernes as shoals Shoe Eas Se ees 3 135 Simulating Transmit Failures 0 00 0 3 138 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing 3 141 Setting POL SES yc ee eh ae epee EY 3 141 Manual Pointer Control 0 0 0 000005 3 142 Continuous Pointer Movement 3 147 Changing Timing 0 00 0 cece eee eee ee 3 149 Generating Pointer Sequences 000000000 3 151 Starting Pointer Sequences 00 00 0000 3 156 Testing Automatic Protection Switching 3 161 Setting the APS Mode 0 0 0 0 0000000008 3 161 Setting the K1 Byte gense 0 0 eee eee 3 162 Setting the K2 Byte 0 0 2 eee eee eee 3 166 Transmitting the K1 and K2 Bytes 3 170 Viewing
34. 24 bit to set a test pattern different from the preset choices If you choose one of the User Word choices the test pattern description changes to User Defined Byte 3 96 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Tributary SignalPDH Transmit Parameters If you select User Word 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit for the test pattern set the value of the User Word as follows 1 Set the contents of the User Word as follows Set to 11111111 Default 10101010 EDIT BYTE Edit XX bits 2 Select EDIT BYTE Edit XX bits to specify a value different from the preset choices see Figure 3 35 3 Select Predefined Patterns if you decide to use the standard patterns 4 Select DONE when you are finished editing the byte Tek Measurements Stopped amp DS3 TRANSMIT D53 CHOICES Transmit Rate DS3 Set to Transmit Clock Internal 00000000 Line Clock Offset Oppm aa ons id Set to ransmit Line Code B3ZS 11111111 Framing occ DS3 Unframed Default 10101010 Fest Pattern 2 00000000 EDIT BYTE Tx RX Settings scenen Independent Predefined Patterns amp ALARMS amp TIMING ERRORS POINTERS COMMANDS OVERHEAD APS Jeg PATH OVERHEAD J Figure 3 35 Editing the User Word CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Tributary SignalPDH Transmit Parameters 3 98 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual EE E E Ee Setting SONET Receive Parameters This sect
35. 3 169 1 x STS 3c Signal Structure TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 70 1 15 APS COMMANDS 3 166 3 168 Operator End Prompt SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 38 3 48 Operator Start Prompt SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 38 3 46 optical connections 2 13 Options INSTR CONFIG 3 199 overhead bytes 3 77 editing 3 77 viewing 3 115 P packaging for shipment I 1 page tabs 2 7 2 9 pages 2 9 parameters changing 2 15 selecting 2 16 Parity PRINTER SETUP 3 205 REMOTE CONTROL 3 209 Pass Fail test condition type 3 38 creating 3 37 3 44 specific condition 3 38 starting 3 49 threshold 3 38 Path APS COMMANDS 3 169 ERROR ANALYSIS 3 177 PATH AIS status light 3 60 Path AIS Transmit alarm set to 3 136 Path Analysis ERROR ANALY SIS 3 177 3 179 PATH FERF status light 3 60 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Index Path FERF Transmit alarm set to 3 136 Path Overhead viewing 3 80 3 116 3 117 path overhead bytes setting 3 77 Path User Channel F2 Overhead Add Drop Port G 5 G 6 PATTERN LOCK status light 3 59 Pause Control line PATH OVER HEAD page 3 120 Payload Offset Mode 3 150 Payload Analysis ERROR ANAL YSIS 3 177 3 180 payload mapping 3 104 DS3 3 110 setting 3 71 unequipped 3 114 VT1 5 Floating Async 3 72 3 110 performance monitoring 3 18 Periodic 26 1 3 154 3 156 With Add 3 155 3 156 With Cancel 3 155 3 156 Periodic 87 3 3 154 3 156 With Add 3 1
36. 3 173 3 175 3 177 DNR APS COMMANDS 3 164 Do Nothing On Test Completion 3 49 DONE Edit Mode 2 19 2 21 2 23 Double Alternating 3 155 3 156 Dropped Rx Clock Overhead Add Drop Port G 6 Dropped Rx Data Overhead Add Drop Port G 6 dropping a tributary signal 3 110 DS1 add 3 72 DS1 drop 3 110 DS1 ESF DS1 Framing 3 108 3 128 Framing 3 95 3 125 Payload 3 74 3 111 DS1 Ext Add Payload 3 74 DS1 Path Analysis ERROR ANALYSIS 3 181 Index DS1 SF D4 DS1 Framing 3 108 3 128 Framing 3 94 3 125 Payload 3 74 3 111 DS1 Unframed DS1 Framing 3 108 3 128 Framing 3 94 3 125 Payload 3 74 3 111 DS1 DS3 AIS status light 3 60 DS1 DS3 Option INSTR CON FIG 3 200 DS1 DS3 YELLOW status light 3 60 DS3 Mapping 3 71 3 73 3 106 DS3 Analysis ERROR ANALY SIS 3 181 DS3 C bit Framing 3 95 3 125 Payload 3 75 3 111 DS3 drop 3 110 DS3 Ext Add Payload 3 75 DS3 Idle Transmit alarm set to 3 137 DS3 M13 Framing 3 95 3 125 Payload 3 75 3 111 DS3 Unframed Framing 3 95 3 125 Payload 3 75 3 111 DS3 gt DS1 Demux Mapping 3 106 DSn AIS Transmit alarm set to 3 137 DSn Path Analysis 3 177 DSn Yellow Transmit alarm set to 3 137 Index 4 E EDIT BYTE K1 Full Byte 3 163 K2 Full Byte 3 167 Test Pattern 3 97 TRANSPORT OVERHEAD 3 79 edit mode 2 19 EDIT NAME Name SAVE INSTRUMENT SETUPS 3 32 SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 45 SAVE RESULTS 3 193 EDIT TEX
37. 3 6 Red and Yellow Status Lights Label on Light Meaning if Light is On LOS Loss of received signal LOF Loss of frarre of received signal LOP Loss of STS or VT pointer for selected channel in received signal LINE AIS A line alarmindication signal is being received LINE FERF A line far end receive failure code is being received PATH AIS A path alannindication signal is being received PATH FERF A path far end receive failure signal is being received VTAIS A tributary alarmindication signal is being received Add Drop Test Option Only VT FERF A tributary far end receive failure is being received Add Drop Test Option Only DS1 DS3 AIS A tributary alarmindication signal is being received Add Drop Test Option Only DS1 DS3 YELLOW A tributary yellow signal is being received Add Drop Test Option Only ERROR Abit section line path or VT parity error is detected ora line path or VT FEBE is being received POINTER ADJ A pointer adjustrrent is being received CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Checking Signal Status Extended Status The red yellow pair of ERROR lights on the front panel turn on when a variety of error conditions exist on the line For more detail about the specific error types and frequency of occurrence see the TEST SUMMARY MAIN RESULTS and ERROR ANALYSIS pages of the RESULTS menu For more information on this topic see page 3 174 Setting the Beeper You ca
38. 7 dBm Opt 05 and 06 include a 10 dB attenuator 1310 nmand 1550 nm 1100 nmto 1570 nmoperating range 28 dBmfor BER lt 10 79 2 dBm Typical For input power in a range of 30 dBmto 6 dBm FC PC standard Optical connector kit with ST SC and DIN 27256 included Monitors a selected channel and passes the signal through unchanged Transmit and Receive Functional Specifications Transport Overhead Access Set overhead bytes to any value from binary 00000000 to 11111111 AL A2 CL EL F1 D1 D3 K1 K2 D4 D12 S1 Z2 M2 E2 View all Transport Overhead bytes Add Drop Insert data fromthe Overhead Add Drop connector into the Section DCC Line DCC or F1 user byte Drops cata fromthe Section DCC Line DCC or F1 user byte out to the Overhead Adid Drop connector K1 and K2 APS Set the APS Bytes K1 and K2 to any code defined in ANSI T1 105A Selectable by text description for all Span and Ring nressages CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix D Specifications Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Cont Characteristic Description Path Overhead Access Set Path Overhead bytes to any value frombinary 00000000 to 11111111 C2 F2 Z3 Z4 and 75 View all Path Overhead bytes Add Drop Insert data fromthe Overhead Adid Drop connector Path Trace Byte J 1 into the F2 user byte Drop cata fromthe F2 user byte out to the Overhead Add Drop connector Send user defined 64 byte sequence
39. 710 Programmer Manual 3 206 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Changing Instrument Settings Setting the GPIB Address To set the CTS 710 GPIB address Press Menu Button Select Choice UTILITY Default 4 Inc Dec Offline m Select Default 4 to set the GPIB address to its default value m Select Inc to increment the GPIB address m Select Dec to decrement the GPIB address m Select Offline to place the CTS 710 in the offline state m The maximum GPIB address value is 30 The minimum GPIB address value is 0 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 207 Changing Instrument Settings Tek Measurements Stopped amp sTs 1 TUTILITY STS 1 GPIB Primary Address RS 232 Baud Rate sussies 9600 Stop Bits 1 Parity M Hardware Handshake Off Software Handshake None Data Carrier Detect off Tx Delay Seconds 0 Tx Terminator on LF MISC PRINTER INSTR SETTINGS SETUP CONFIG Default 4 Inc Offline SELF TEST Figure 3 68 The REMOTE CONTROL Page Setting RS 232 Parameters The appropriate settings for RS 232 parameters depend on how the controller is set up Refer to the user manual that came with your controller to determine the correct settings CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Changing Instrument Settings To set the remote control RS 232 parameters Press Menu Button UNLITY REMOTE CONTROL see Figure 3 68 Highligh
40. ANALYSIS pages for tests shorter than one minute The longest period for which test results are displayed is 72 hours 3 days at a History Resolution of 1 minute or 1080 hours 45 days at a History Resolution of 15 minutes If you run a test continuously only results for the last 72 hours 1 minute resolution or 1080 hours 15 minutes resolution are maintained in memory To zoom in a history graph select Zoom In To zoom out a history graph select Zoom Out NOTE When viewing long test durations for example three days at a resolution of one minute you might see a timestamp error For example you might see two one minute intervals stamped with the same time The timestamp error is simply revealing the clock accuracy The correct number of intervals for the test duration are present CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 189 Viewing Results Panning History Graphs You can display different portions of a history graph by panning the graph Panning a history graph shifts the displayed section of the graph to the left or right At the maximum resolution of one minute per bar a history graph can display only about one hour of test results To maintain maximum resolution you can display the graph at maximum resolution one minute per bar and pan to other portions of the history graph as necessary To pan a history graph turn the knob When the knob is turned the cursor moves across the history graph If the h
41. BER Test Language Running a Pass Fail Test Saving Results to Disk Printing Results Current Language English Press Change Language to see help in English Francais or Deutsch SETTINGS amp ALARMS RSM Mey COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 2 11 Help Dialog Box Once you press View Help the help screen for that topic is displayed If a help topic covers more than one page you can display the next page by selecting Page Down To display the previous page select Page Up To display help in a different language select Change Language Then to display help in French select Francais To display help in German select Deutsch When you finish reading the help text you can exit the help dialog box by selecting EXIT If you wish to read additional help topics select Help Menu to return to the main help screen Connecting Signals To connect signals to the CTS 710 use the electrical and optical connectors located at the bottom and right side of the front panel For optical connections the CTS 710 accepts both single mode and multimode fiber For electrical connections the CTS 710 accepts 75 Q coaxial cable with BNC connectors for SONET rates and DS3 signals The CTS 710 accepts bantam connectors for DS1 signals CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 213 Functional Overview Connecting Optical Signals NOTE The optical TRANSMIT output is produced by a Class 1 laser device The output from a Class I
42. CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Place the CTS 710 on a table or work bench with the front facing toward you Center the pouch plate and insert the rear edge of the plate in the space between the cabinet top and the rear panel trim see part A of Figure 1 1 Move the pouch sideways as necessary to line up the key slots in the pouch plate with the keys on the rear panel the plate is centered when it is aligned and push the plate all the way in see part B of Figure 1 1 While keeping the pouch plate pushed under the rear panel trim reach under the pouch plate and carefully remove the backing from the Velcro strip to expose the adhesive on the Velcro strip The Velcro should remain attached to the pouch plate Grasp the pouch plate assembly with both hands near the front of the assembly 1 3 Getting Started Rear Panel TrimGap Pouch Plate Velcro Strip Pouch Plate Rear amp p A Push the pouch plate into the rear panel trimgap Key Slots Under Rear Pane Trim B Center the pouch plate to align with key slot under the rear panel trim Figure 1 1 Installing the Accessory Pouch 14 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Getting Started CAUTION In the next step use only enough force to clear the front panel trim with the plate front edge Excessive force will cause a permanent bow in the plate 6 Push back o
43. D12 External Add 3 85 External Drop 3 118 Data Carrier REMOTE CON TROL 3 209 Data Communication Channel 3 84 3 117 date setting 3 202 Day Test Duration 3 25 DCC G 5 adding 3 84 dropping 3 117 Dec GPIB Primary Address REMOTE CONTROL 3 207 Decrement Pointer Direction 3 148 Default Operator End Prompt 3 48 Operator Start Prompt 3 46 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Index Default XXXXXXXX TRANS PORT OVERHEAD 3 79 Default Oppm Frequency Offset 3 150 Default 4 GPIB Primary Address REMOTE CONTROL 3 207 Default 50ms Pointer Rate 3 147 Default 522 Pointer Value Set to 3 145 Default 78 Pointer Value Set to 3 146 default settings C 1 Default Trace J1 byte 3 83 Delete Edit Mode 2 22 Delete File RECALL INSTRUMENT SET UPS 3 36 RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS 3 53 RECALL RESULTS 3 195 deleting a pass fail test from disk 3 53 deleting test results 3 195 deleting text 2 22 Description SAVE INSTRUMENT SETUPS 3 33 SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 38 3 45 SAVE RESULTS 3 193 Destination Node ID APS COM MANDS 3 165 Detected SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 39 dimmed text 2 16 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Disk RECALL INSTRUMENT SET UPS 3 34 RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS 3 52 RECALL RESULTS 3 194 3 195 SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 50 disk drive 2 23 disk file names reading 2 24 Display Brightness MISC SET TINGS 3 200 displaying history graphs 3 182 displaying results
44. E EIEE ER Figure 3 55 The APS COMMANDS Page Figure 3 56 The RECEIVE Column on the APS COMMANDS Page e cc ceeeccceevcees Figure 3 57 The Test Summary Page Figure 3 58 Bar Graphs Showing Code Violations and Errored Seconds sr sadlen sees eA Biel xii CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Table of Contents Figure 3 59 Figure 3 60 Figure 3 61 Figure 3 62 Figure 3 63 Figure 3 64 Figure 3 65 Figure 3 66 Figure 3 67 Figure 3 68 Figure E 1 Figure G 1 Figure G 2 Figure G 3 Figure G 4 Figure H 1 Figure H 2 Figure H 3 Figure H 4 Figure H 5 Line Graph Showing Pointer Value 3 184 On Off Graphs Showing Failures and Alarms 3 185 Elements of a History Graph 3 188 Changing the Displayed History Graph 3 191 The SAVE RESULTS Page 3 193 The RECALL RESULTS Page 3 195 The PRINT CONTROL Dialog Box 3 197 The MISC SETTINGS Page 3 201 The PRINTER SETUP Page 3 203 The REMOTE CONTROL Page 3 208 Front Panel Status Lights F 1 CTS 710 Rear Panel Connectors G 1 The VGA Video Output Connector G 2 The RS 232 Port 0 cece ee eee eee G 3 The Overhead Add Drop Port G 5 Removing the Optical Bulkhead Connector H 2 FC Optical Bulkhead Assembly H 3 ST Optical Bulkhead Assembly H 3
45. ERROR ANALYSIS Page Analysis Result Error Counts Errored Seconds Errored Seconds Type A Errored Seconds Type B Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Error Free Seconds Line Analysis FEBE Error Counts Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Error Free Seconds 3 178 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results Table 3 26 T1M1 Path Analysis Results Displayed on the ERROR ANALYSIS Page Analysis Result Path Analysis B3 BIP Error Counts Errored Seconds Errored Seconds Type A Errored Seconds Type B Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Error Free Seconds Path Analysis FEBE Error Counts Unavailable Seconds Error Free Seconds Table 3 27 T1M1 VT1 5 Analysis Results Displayed on the ERROR ANALYSIS Page Analysis Result VT 15 Analy VT Analysis V5 BIP Error Counts sis Errored Seconds Errored Seconds Type A Errored Seconds Type B Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Error Free Seconds CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 179 Viewing Results Table 3 27 T1M1 VT1 5 Analysis Results Displayed on the ERROR ANALYSIS Page Cont Analysis Result VT 1 5 Analysis FEBE Error Counts Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Error Free Seconds Table 3 28 T1M1 Payload Analysis Results Displayed on ERROR ANALYSIS Page Category Analysis Result Payload Payload Analysis Bit Error Error Counts
46. Errored Seconds Errored Seconds Type A Errored Seconds Type B Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Error Free Seconds NOTE There is no analysis performed on unframed DS1 or DS3 signals 3 180 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results Table 3 29 DS1 Path Analysis Results Displayed on ERROR ANALYSIS Page Category Analysis Result DS1 Path DS1 Analysis Frarre Bit Error Counts Errored Seconds Errored Seconds Type A Errored Seconds Type B Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Error Free Seconds Table 3 30 Path Analysis Results Displayed on ERROR ANALYSIS Page Category Analysis Result DS3 Path DS3 Analysis P Bit Parity Error Counts Errored Seconds Errored Seconds Type A Errored Seconds Type B Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Error Free Seconds Viewing Measurement Histories The CTS 710 records measurement histories whenever you run a test Measurement histories are displayed as graphs The graph displays how an individual measurement changed over time The vertical axis CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 181 Viewing Results 3 182 of a graph depends on what is displayed but the horizontal axis always displays time To display a history graph Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS HISTORY none GRAPHS Types of Graphs There are three types of history g
47. Extemal Add transmit rate None D1 D3 D4 D12 Al A2 c1 En El F1 D1 D2 D3 K1 K2 Reset D4 D5 D6 ote aaa D7 D8 D9 Setto 10101010 D10 Du D12 s MO E2 Setto 11111111 Default 20000000X EDIT BYTE A 16 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps SETUPS ETT PATH OVERHEAD TEST Page TRANSMIT RECEIVE Overhead View STS Path CJ External Add Overhead RESULTS UTILITY v3 O 0O ve None Overhead View STS Path Overhead F2 FE C2 F2 Reset z Overhead Z4 Setto 5 10101010 Set to 11111711 Default XOOOOOOK Overhead View EDIT BYTE V5 Byte v5 Reset Overhead Set to 10101010 Set to 11111711 Default 20000000X EDIT BYTE CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual A 17 Menu Maps m MENUus TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Ci m RESULTS UTILITY Oo Oo A 18 RECEIVE SETTINGS Page 1 of 2 Receive Rate Receive Level Signal Structure STS Under Test Mapping VT Under Test J Payload Tributary Drop Test Pattem Tx Rx Settings STS 1 STS 3 OC 1 OC 3 OC 12 DS1 DS3 DS3DS1 Demux Rate Rate Rate STS 1 STS 3 DS3 DS1 Cross Normal Normal Connect Monitor Monitor Low Rate Rate Rate STS 1 OC 1 STS YOC 3 OC 12 Equipped Mapping UnEquipped VTLS DS3 Mapping VT1 5 VT ZA VT 28 Next Previous CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps MENUs
48. FAIL TESTS select disk file Recall name NOTE The Disk action displays only files with the extension TST Selecting Recall begins the recall of the pass fail test As the file recall begins the TEST BEGIN dialog box appears see Figure 3 16 The first line of text in the dialog box is the file name The second line of text is the test description The third line informs the user that the file was recalled successfully The fourth line states how to begin the test The fifth line is the operator start prompt 3 50 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups Tek Measurements Stopped ees STS 3 rer erne Lie TEST BEGIN Test Name BER_STS3 1ST Description A 15 minute BER test The test has been recalled Press the START STOP button to begin Prompt Checks for BER gt 10E 7 If you EXIT this dialog box the test will start the next time you press the START STOP button CONTROL euor HE ses Figure 3 16 The TEST BEGIN Dialog Box 3 To run the pass fail test immediately press START STOP The pass fail test will begin When the test is completed the CTS 710 displays either TEST PASSED or TEST FAILED If you decide not to run the test select EXIT from the dialog box 4 Select EXIT to remove the dialog box after the test completes 5 Press RESULTS to see the detailed results of the test A test does not have to be run when it is recalled from disk After the
49. Highlighted paranreters can be Choices or actions changed dinned pararreters available for the cannot be changed under the selected pararreter Current setup Received Test Signal Transmitted Menu TestState Progress Highlighted Status Signal Status Narre Indicator Indicator Pararreter Indicator Indicator Tek Running 30s Caley e sTs 1 E g Transmit Rate Transmit Clock Internal Transmit Level Cross Connect Signal Structure 1xSTS 1 Pararreters oe i STS Under Test 1 fe Z MAPPING cescesesssecestsceeeeee see Bulk Fill Equipped controlled lt CJ fromthis p page Test Pattern 2 PRBS 2423 1 L y arm Trax Settings oe Coupled CJ L x Rx Settings ouple J Selected i ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORT PATH Page Is amp ALARMS amp TIMING Geers reas ovla highlighted Pages are v 4 identified by Pages of the page tabs Menu nrore means additional choices are available Figure 2 6 Specific Hements of the Display Table 2 1 provides a list of icons that appear on the display Icons are used to identify information indicate instrument status and clarify available actions CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 27 Functional Overview Table 2 1 Icons that Appear in the Display Icon Meaning Transmitted signal Received signal CTS 710 is in through mode PP PP CTS 710 is in coupled mode PY EH Se P
50. Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 TEST SETUPS amp STS 1 Set up the instrument as required Then fill out the parameters below and save your test to disk Alarm Name TEST_1A Description Failure Operator Start Prompt TEST IS ABOUT TO START Test Duration Od Oh 15m Os Error None None Ratio 2 None None None Fail If None None None Error None None None Count Operator End Promplt On Test Completion Do Nothing more E Save to Disk Select Action lof2 Figure 3 15 Entering Fail If Conditions CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 47 Working with Test Setups 7 Highlight the first entry in the second column see Figure 3 15 If you wish to specify a specific condition select one of the preset choices 8 Highlight the first entry in the third column see Figure 3 15 Select one of the preset choices to set the threshold Select USER to specify a threshold other than one of the preset choices USER is not available for Alarm or Failure condition types 9 Repeat steps 6 through 8 as necessary to specify additional Fail If conditions A maximum of four Fail If conditions can be specified 10 Enter an operator end prompt as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS SAVE PASS FAIL Operator End Default TESTS Prompt Clear Preview EDIT TEXT m Select Default to enter the default prompt TEST HAS ENDED m Select Cl
51. Min 0 Pointer Value Set to 3 144 3 146 Min 10000ms Pointer Rate 3 147 mini graphs 3 191 Minimum Res history graphs 3 186 Minute Test Duration 3 25 Model INSTR CONFIG 3 199 Monitor Receive Level 3 103 3 124 monitoring performance 3 18 more indicator 2 16 MS APS COMMANDS 3 164 MS R APS COMMANDS 3 163 MS S APS COMMANDS 3 163 N Name SAVE INSTRUMENT SETUPS 3 32 SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 37 3 44 SAVE RESULTS 3 192 network stress testing 3 135 Next VT Under Test 3 74 No Mapping Equipped Mapping 3 71 Index 7 Index No Mapping Unequipped Map ping 3 71 3 72 None Description SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 45 SAVE RESULTS 3 193 Error type set to 3 133 External Add 3 85 PATH OVERHEAD 3 86 External Drop PATH OVERHEAD 3 119 TRANSPORT OVERHEAD 3 118 Failure set to 3 138 Transmit alarm set to 3 136 none in tables xxii Normal Receive Level 3 124 Normal 1 min History Resolu tion 3 27 Not Detected SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 39 NR APS COMMANDS 3 163 3 164 Null Trace J1 byte 3 83 O Offline GPIB Primary Address REMOTE CONTROL 3 207 Offset Mode POINTERS amp TIM ING 3 150 On Tributary Drop 3 112 On AMI Tributary Drop 3 112 On B8ZS Tributary Drop 3 112 On Test Completion SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 38 1 hour Test Duration 3 23 1 in 8 Test Pattern 3 75 3 96 3 126 1 1 APS COMMANDS 3 169 Index 8 1 N APS COMMANDS
52. Off Receive Test Pattem PRBS 2723 1 Test Duration Continuous Receive Path Overhead Extemal Drop None Beeper Off Display Brightness Medium Printer Type TEK DPU 411 Print User amp Company Off C2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual E EE Appendix D Specifications Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Characteristic Description Generator Output Electrical Output Data Rates STS1 5184 Mys STS 3 155 52 Mb s Data Formats STS1 AM B3ZS STS 3 STS 3c CMI Signal Level at Transmit Output STS 1 Hi 1 0 Vpk 10 into 75 0 STSX 1 with 450 feet of cable loss STS 3 Hi 0 5 Vpk 10 into 75 O STSX 3 with 225 feet of cable loss Pulse Shape at Transmit Output Meets ANSI T1 102 Bellcore GR NW T 000253 Eye Pattem Masks Retum Loss gt 15 dB Connector Unbalanced 75 Q BNC Optical Output Data Rates OC 1 5184 Mys OC 3 155 52 Mb s OC 12 622 08 Mb s Optical Module Options Opt 03 1310 nm IR OC 1 3 Opt 04 1310 nm IR OC 1 3 12 Opt 05 1550 nm LR OC 1 3 12 Opt 06 1310 1550 nm OC 1 3 12 Signal Level amp Wavelength 10 dBm typical 1310 nm Opt 03 04 06 O dBm typical 1550 nm Opt 05 06 Pulse Shape Meets Bellcore GR 253 CORE Eye Pattem Masks Wavelength 1308 nm typical Opt 03 04 06 1550 nm typical Opt 05 06 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual D 1 Appendix D Specifications Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Cont Characteristic Spectral Width Laser Classificat
53. Official J oumal of the European Contmunities EN 55011 Class A Radiated and Conducted Enissions EN 50082 1 Intrunity IEC 801 2 Electrostatic Discharge Imvunity IEC 801 3 RF Electrorragnetic Field Imvunity IEC 801 4 Electrical Fast Transient Burst Imvunity IEC 801 5 Power Line Surge Imvurity FCC Con pliance Ervissions comply with FCC Code of Federal Regulations 47 Part 15 Subpart B Class A Limits D 18 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix D Specifications Table D 5 Certifications and compliances cont Characteristic Description EC Dedaration of Confonvity Low Voltage Compliance wes derronstrated to the following specification as listed in the Official J oumal of the European Communities Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC EN 61010 1 A1 Safety requirerrents for electrical equipment for rreasurerrert control and laboratory use Approvals UL1244 Electrical and Electronic Measuring and Testing Equipnrent CAN CSA 22 2 No 231 CSA Safety requirements for Electrical and Electronic Measuring and testing Equipment Conditions for Safety Certification Operating ten perature 45 to 40 C Max Operating altitude 2000 m Equiprrent Type Test and measuring Safety Class Class I grounded podut IEC1010 1 Overvoltage Category CAT II IEC1010 1 Polution Degree Polution Degree 2 rated for indoor use only IEC1010 1 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual D19 Appendix D Specificati
54. SETTINGS page To couple the receive settings to the transmit settings Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Tx Rx Settings Coupled SETTINGS As soon as you select Coupled the red error light turns off and the icon in the status area changes to indicate the Tx Rx Settings are 2 30 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tutorial coupled However note that the yellow history light remains on as an indication that an error has occurred Press CLEAR HISTORY to clear the error history light When the Tx Rx Settings parameter is set to Coupled all parameter settings on the RECEIVE SETTINGS page transfer to the TRANS MIT SETTINGS page Thereafter any change to either page affects both pages as long as Tx Rx Settings is set to Coupled Setting the Test Time Before beginning the BER test you must specify the duration of the test To set the duration of the test Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS TEST CONTROL Test Duration 15 nin see Figure 2 22 Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 TEST SETUPS STs 1 CHOICES Test DUPATION vnn Continuous P 5min History Resolution Normal 1 min samples At 1 minute resolution the maximum history length 15min is 3 days Upon reaching the 3 day limit new data will begin overwriting the old data 1 hour Continuous USER DEFINED Figure 2 22 The TEST CON
55. Save to Disk On Test Completion 3 49 SAVE INSTRUMENT SETUPS 3 34 SAVE RESULTS 3 194 Save to Memory SAVE INSTRU MENT SETUPS 3 33 saving test results 3 192 Scan All VTs AUTOSCAN dialog box 3 57 SD HP APS COMMANDS 3 164 SD LP APS COMMANDS 3 164 SD P APS COMMANDS 3 163 SD R APS COMMANDS 3 163 SD S APS COMMANDS 3 163 Second Test Duration 3 25 Section ERROR ANALYSIS 3 177 3 178 Section DCC Overhead Add Drop Port G 5 G 6 Section User Channel F1 Over head Add Drop Port G 5 G 6 selected parameter 2 7 self test 1 10 3 210 Sequence Period 3 152 Sequence Type POINTERS amp TIMING 3 157 Serial Number INSTR CONFIG 3 199 Service Manual xxii SET DATE MISC SETTINGS 3 202 SET TIME MISC SETTINGS 3 202 Set Value Pointer Control 3 144 Set with New Data Flag POINT ERS amp TIMING 3 146 settings default 3 35 C 1 SETUP_XX Name SAVE INSTRUMENT SETUPS 3 32 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual SF HP APS COMMANDS 3 165 SF LP APS COMMANDS 3 164 SF R APS COMMANDS 3 163 SF S APS COMMANDS 3 164 SHORT APS COMMANDS 3 169 Show Next Top HISTORY GRAPHS 3 190 Showing Overhead for TRANS PORT OVERHEAD 3 78 3 116 SIGNAL PRESENT status light 3 59 signal status checking 3 55 signal status indicators 2 7 Signal Structure RECEIVE SET TINGS 3 103 Single 3 153 3 155 Pointer Control 3 142 Single Alternating 3 155 3 156 Software Handshake REMOTE CONTROL 3 209
56. TEST BEGIN dialog box appears you can exit the dialog box by selecting EXIT You can then select the SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS page and edit the parameters of the pass fail test Changing an Existing Pass Fail Test You do not have to create a pass fail test from the beginning every time You can recall an existing test edit the parameters of the test and then save it under a new name CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 51 Working with Test Setups To change an existing pass fail test 1 Insert the disk containing the pass fail test into the disk drive 2 Select the pass fail test to edit as follows a Menu Highlight Parameter TEST SETUPS RECALL men L a disk file a NOTE The Disk action displays only files with the extension TST As the file recall begins the TEST BEGIN dialog box appears see Figure 3 16 Select EXIT to remove the dialog box Select SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS Edit the parameters of the pass fail test as necessary Pe Ge oR 8 If you want to save the edited pass fail test under a different name change the Name of the test You do not have to change the name of the test file to save it to disk 7 Save the pass fail test to disk as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS SAVE PASS FAIL Save to Disk Save File TESTS m If you select Save File without changing the name of the file a Disk dialog box appears asking if you want
57. Test Results The ONEDAY file is a test results file It contains one day 24 hours of test results Recall the file from the RECALL RESULTS page of the RESULTS menu You can view the test results on the MAIN RESULTS and ERROR ANALYSIS pages of the RESULTS menu You can view a graph of the test results on the HISTORY GRAPHS page of the RESULTS menu The HISTORY GRAPHS page shows when alarms errors and pointer movements occurred Pass Fail Tests The DEMO 108S file is a pass fail test that runs for just 10 seconds To make the test fail press the INSERT ERROR button on the front panel To run the test connect an electrical cable between the TRANSMIT and RECEIVE connectors on the front panel and then recall the test from the RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS page of the TEST SETUPS menu You can see how the test was set up by viewing the test parameters on the SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS page of the TEST SETUPS menu after you recall the test CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual F 1 Appendix F Example Disk Contents The BER STSI1 file is a 15 minute BER test The test passes if the BER is better than 10E 7 To run the test connect an electrical cable between the TRANSMIT and RECEIVE connectors on the front panel and then recall the test from the RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS page of the TEST SETUPS menu You can see how the test was set up by viewing the test parameters on the SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS page of the TEST SETUPS menu after you recall the test F2
58. Tests osc wwe rigs been ei aot gh bhai a 3 37 Parameters of a Pass Fail Test 0 00 3 37 Fail If Conditions 00 00 0002 ee eee 3 38 Creating a Pass Fail Test 0 00 00 0002 e eee 3 44 Running a Pass Fail Test 00 0 00000 3 49 Changing an Existing Pass Fail Test 3 51 Deleting a Pass Fail Test from Disk 3 53 Checking Signal Status 0 cece cece cee eee 3 55 Viewing Signal Structure 000000002 ee eee 3 55 Viewing the Payload Add Drop Test Option Only 3 56 Determining the Payload Pattern and Framing Add Drop Test Option Only 3 57 Printing the AutoScan Dialog Box 3 58 Viewing the Signal State 00 00 0000 eee 3 58 Extended Status stang cee ee des 3 61 Setting the Beeper 0000002 eee eee 3 61 Setting SONET Transmit Parameters 3 63 Steps for Setting Parameters 000 3 63 Setting the Transmit Rate 0 000 3 64 Independent Transmit and Receive Settings 3 64 Coupling Transmit and Receive Settings 3 65 Through Mode 0 0 0 e eee eee eee eee 3 67 Setting the Transmit Clock 000 3 68 Setting the Transmit Level 00 0 3 69 Setting the Signal Structure 0 00 0 3 69 Specify
59. Trace for any message 6 Check the front panel status lights to verify that there are no errors alarms or failures 7 Select EXIT to leave the AUTOSCAN dialog box 8 To check STS 2 change the CTS 710 setup to Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT STS Under Test 2 SETTINGS 9 Press the AUTOSCAN button 10 Use the knob to select STS 2 11 Repeat steps 4 through 7 of this procedure to verify the integrity of STS 2 12 Repeat steps 8 through 11 for the remaining STSs in the SONET signal CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 33 Basic Test Procedures Transmission Signal Quality Testing Measuring Bit Error Rate The bit error rate BER test is one of the best ways to measure the quality of a SONET transmission link You can use the CTS 710 to make a BER test on a two way link that is connected in a loop back configuration If this is a test you perform often save it as a pass fail test for easy recall 1 Connect the CTS 710 to a network as shown in Figure 3 2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set All Signals are STS 1 One or More SONET NEs M NE Figure 3 2 Setup to Check a Transmission Link 34 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures 2 Set up the CTS 710 as follows Highlight Parameter TEST SETUPS DEFAULT FA
60. USER 0 10000 2 gt gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 343 Working with Test Setups Table 3 4 Fail If Conditions of a Pass Fail Test Cont Condition Type Specific Condition Threshold VT NDF s gt gt gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 gt L gt 10 gt 60 USER O 10000 Creating a Pass Fail Test To create a pass fail test 1 Set up the CTS 710 as required to perform the desired test Set all transmit and receive parameters as necessary When the pass fail test is recalled the CTS 710 is set up exactly as it was when the pass fail test was saved 2 Set the name of the pass fail test as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter SAVE PASS FAIL Narre TESTS see Figure 3 14 TEST SETUPS m If you wish to name the test file as TEST lt Number gt you can save time by selecting TEST_XX Once you select TEST XX select EDIT NAME and edit XX to the desired 3 44 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups number or letter Select DONE when you are finished editing the setup name E Select EDIT NAME to enter a name other than TEST XX for the pass fail test Select DONE when you are finished editing the test name m Select Clear to remove an existing name 3 Enter a description of the pass fail test as follows Select Choice EDIT TEXT m Select EDIT TEXT to enter a description of th Clea
61. a signal is to use AUTOSCAN AUTOSCAN analyzes the input signal and once a signal is found the CTS 710 synchronizes with the signal and displays the structure of the signal To view signal structure using AUTOSCAN 1 Connect a signal to the receiver input 2 Ifa test is running stop the test by pressing START STOP 3 Press the AUTOSCAN front panel button While AUTOSCAN is running several messages appear in the display While the CTS 710 searches for a signal it displays the message Please wait autosetting to received signal The CTS 710 scans all line rates and all receiver input connectors until it finds a framed signal When the CTS 710 finds a framed signal the instrument displays the message Autosetting to received signal If a signal is not found a message to that effect is displayed When the AUTOSCAN finishes the CTS 710 displays the signal structure in graphical form see Figure 3 18 Use the knob to scroll through the different active channels CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 55 Checking Signal Status Tek Measurements Stopped STS 3 ere amp STS 3 AutoScan of Received Signal A Show STS 3 320 mv Payload ELECTRIC ks BEN STS 2 STS 3 Unequip _Unequip Selected SPE _ D Payload Mapping C2 Signal Label J1 Path Trace kaas amp ALARMS amp TIMING JCOMMaN DS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 18 The AUTOSCAN Dialog Box Showing
62. and date The current and previous results are stored in nenory both totalized and graphical Both graphical and totalized results can be stored ona disk Table D 3 Environmental Specifications Characteristic Environnental Tenperature Altitude Huridity Transportation Handling Description Operating 0 C to 450 C Nonoperating 40 C to 75 C Operating 4 572 m 15 000 ft Nonoperating 12 192 m 40 000 ft Operating To 95 relative huridity at or below 45 C for 2 hours or less To 90 relative hurridity at or below 30 C continuous Qualifies under National Safe Transit Association 1s Pre shiprrert Test 1A B 1 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual D 17 Appendix D Specifications Table D 4 Physical Characteristics Characteristic Description Dimensions Height 165 mm 6 5 in 191 mm 7 5 in with accessory pouch Width 362 mm 14 25 in Depth 490 mm 19 25 in with front cover 564 mm 22 2 in with handle extended Weight Net Approximately 8 7 kg 19 3 Ib Shipping Approximately 14 1 kg 31 Ib Power Requirerrents Line Voltage Range 90 to 250 Vams Line Frequency 48 to 62 Hz Power Consumption 240 Watts nax Table D 5 Certifications and compliances Characteristic Description EC Declaration of Confomity EMC Meets intent of Directive 89 336 EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility Conpliance wes derronstrated to the following specifications as listed in the
63. appropriate SETTINGS 3 110 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters m Select VT 1 to specify the first virtual tributary m Select VT 28 to specify the last virtual tributary m Select Next to change the selection to the next higher virtual tributary m Select Previous to change the selection to the next lower virtual tributary 7 Specify the payload as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Payload as appropriate m Select DS1 Unframed to demap an unframed DS1 signal or a DSI signal whose framing is unknown m Select DS1 SF D4 to demap a DS1 signal in D4 Super frame format from the payload of the selected virtual tributary m Select DS1 ESF to demap a DSI signal in Extended Superframe format from the payload of the selected virtual tributary m Select DS3 Unframed to demap an unframed DS3 signal or a DS3 signal whose framing is unknown m Select DS3 C bit to demap a DS3 signal with C bit framing m Select DS3 M13 to demap a DS3 signal with M 13 framing Dropping a Tributary Signal To drop a signal it must be demapped as described previously and you must turn on Tributary Drop CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3111 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters To turn on Tributary Drop Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter RECEIVE RECEIVE Tributary Drop SETTINGS m Select On to drop the signal specified on the Pay
64. as Bar Graphs Table 3 32 Measurements Displayed as a Line Graph Table 3 33 Measurements Displayed as On Off Graphs for SONET Rates ccc cece cece e cee ee renee Table 3 34 Measurements Displayed as On Off Graphs for Tributary Rates cece cece cee cee Table 3 35 Time Represented by Bars on History Graph Table 3 36 Lines of the Instrument Configuration Page Table C 1 Default Factory Settings Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Table D 2 Option 22 DS1 DS3 VT1 5 Capabilities CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 185 3 186 3 188 3 199 D 1 D 10 Table of Contents Table D 3 Table DA Table D 5 Table E 1 Table G 1 Environmental Specifications D 17 Physical Characteristics 68 D 18 Certifications and Compliances D 18 Required Equipment 008 E 2 VGA Video Output Connector Pin Assignment G 2 Table G 2 RS 232 Rear Panel Connector Pin Assignment G 3 Table G 3 Overhead Channels Added G 5 Table G 4 Overhead Channels Dropped G 6 Table G 5 Overhead Add Drop Port Data Signal Pin Assinme nts asi odes deus oi cise ia i TEEDE G 6 Table G 6 Overhead Add Drop Port Additional Pin Assignments ccc cece cee cere cece ec eeeee G 7 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual REE aa General Safety Summary Review the following
65. clock rates differ slightly from each other Within the allowed range pointer movements should have no adverse affect on the performance of the network This example transmits a signal with frequent pointer movements to an NE and checks that the downstream signal is error free 1 Connect the CTS 710 to an NE as shown in Figure 3 5 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 313 Basic Test Procedures CTS 710 SONET Test Set All Signals are NE STS 3 Figure 3 5 Setup to Check Pointer Movements 3 14 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures 2 Set up the CTS 710 as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS DEFAULT Recall Setup FACTORY SETTINGS TRANSMIT Transmit Rate STS 3 Tx Rx Settings Coupled TRANSMIT Pointer Control Continuous RESULTS MAIN RESULTS none Errors 3 Press the START STOP button on the CTS 710 so that the START STOP light is on 4 Verify that there are no errors in the MAIN RESULTS display When the front panel ERROR light is not on it also indicates there are no errors in the received signal 5 To check for received pointer movements change the CTS 710 setup as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS MAIN RESULTS none Pointers 6 Verify that the CTS 710 is counting positive pointe
66. dk k HZ e e ak ak dk dk dk H3 ae de Re B2 xe RK ER k 00000000 kz 00000000 p4 00000000 os 00000000 pe 00000000 STS 1 4 p7 00000000 pa 00000000 pg 00000000 p1o 00000000 p11 00000000 b12 00000000 z 00000000 zz 00000000 ez 00000000 more 1of3 TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS SETTINGS amp TIMING RR a Figure 2 29 The TRANSPORT OVERHEAD Page of the TRANSMT Menu The Showing Overhead for parameter identifies which columns of the transport overhead are displayed To display the overhead for other SPEs within the signal select the appropriate choice Highlight Parameter Showing Overhead for Editing the Transport Overhead Except for certain reserved bytes you can edit the bytes of the transport overhead of the transmitted signal Reserved bytes are identified by asterisks in the byte content area of the displayed column CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 241 Tutorial 2 42 To edit a byte of the transport overhead Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Once you have selected EDIT BYTE the CTS 710 enters the edit mode see Figure 2 30 Tek Running Od Oh 3m 27s STS 1 LL STS 1 SCRANS MIT Transmitting STS 1 with STS 1 1 under test Showing Overhead for STS 1 1 1 External Add os essssssssssseee None o Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 At 11110110 A2 00101000 ci 00000001 Bl eke kk E1 00000000 Fi 000
67. moverrents has a range of 0 34 s to 10s with a resolution of 1 ms tine between added pointer nroverrent and previous normal pointer moverrent for STS pointers is 0 5 ms Tine between added pointers is equal to tine between pointers X 90 x N were N is selected to be the smallest integer that makes this product gt 30s Sequence pattem is 26 pointer nroverrents followed by 1 missing pointer nmoverrent Tine between VTL5 pointer noverrents has a range of 1s to 10s with a resolution of 1 rvs CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Pointers and Changing Timing Table 3 13 Pointer Sequences Generated Cont Pointer Sequence Description Periodic 26 1 Sequence pattem is 26 pointer nmoverrents followed by 1 missing pointer With Cancel moverrert with a cancelled pointer noverrent at the 26th pointer yielding a gap of 2 Tine between VT1 5 pointer noverrerts has a range of 1 s to 10s with a resolution of 1 ms Tine between cancelled pointers is equal to tine between pointers X 27 x N whee N is selected to be the smallest integer that makes this product gt 30s Periodic 26 1 Sequence pattem is 26 pointer movements followed by 1 missing pointer With Add moverrent with an added pointer movenert after the 13th pointer Tine between normal pointer nroverrerts has a range of 1s to 10s with a resolution of 1 ms tine between added pointer noverrent and previous nomal pointer noverrent is 2 ms Tine between added pointers i
68. of 3 Pointer Tirring Mode r Pointer Timing Mede Pointer Timing Mode Offset Mode Pointer Sequences amp Pointer Sequences amp Frequency Offset Painter Typer Pointer Type STS Pointer VT Pointer Pointer Type Single Single Sequence Type Pointer Control B Burst Pointer Value Set to Phase Phase Transient Transient Set with New Data Flag Pointer S Bits Periodic Periodic Continuous Continuous Pointer Rate Poi Di ion Periodic Periodic g Continuous Continuous Birst Sie With Cancel With Cancel Initialization Time paisae beds Cool Down Tine Continuous Continuous With Add With Add Periodic Periodic 87 3 26 1 Periodic Periodic 87 3 26 1 With Cancel With Cancel Periodic Periodic 87 3 26 1 With Add With Add Single Single Altemating Altemating Double Double Altemating Altemating Single Burst Set Value Continuous Pointer Control Set Value MinO Max 782 Default 522 Illegal Max 1 USER DEFINED CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual A 11 Menu Maps MENUS _ TEST SETUPS A 12 POINTERS amp TIMING Page 3 of 3 Pointer Timing Mode Offset Mode Frequency Offset Pointer Type Sequence Type Pointer Control Pointer Value Set to Set with New Data Flag Pointer S Bits Pointer Rate Pointer Direction Burst Size Initialization Tine 771 Cool Down Tire Pointer Control Set Value Yes No r Pointer Control Set Value 00
69. on the history graph The interval of time represented by a bar can be changed Changing the interval a bar represents is called zooming History graphs can be zoomed out or in When a history graph is zoomed out a bar represents a increasingly longer period of time When a history graph is zoomed in a bar represents a decreasingly shorter period of time Table 3 35 lists the intervals a bar can represent depending on the history resolution setting when the test was run Table 3 35 Time Represented by Bars on History Graph History Resolution Normal History Resolution Low 1 min samples 15 min samples 1 minute 15 minutes 5 minutes 60 minutes CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results Table 3 35 Time Represented by Bars on History Graph Cont History Resolution Normal History Resolution Low 1 min samples 15 min samples 15 minutes 4 hours 60 minutes 12 hours There are 56 intervals of a history graph displayed on the screen at a time At a resolution of one minute per bar a history graph displays test results for a period of 56 minutes At a resolution of 15 minutes per bar a history graph displays test results for a period of 840 minutes or 14 hours The minimum test duration required to display results on a history graph is one minute Tests shorter than one minute will not display any results on the HISTORY GRAPHS page However test results do appear on the MAIN RESULTS and ERROR
70. press POINTER ACTION Pointer sequences will continue to run until they are stopped 9 To stop a pointer sequence press POINTER ACTION After you press POINTER ACTION the pointer sequence begins The status area at the bottom of the display will change to indicate where the CTS 710 is within the pointer sequence see Figure 3 54 Table 3 15 describes the meaning of the lines in the status display CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 159 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing Tek Measurements Stopped ag lia TRANSMIT STS 3 Pointer Timing Mode HESS Pointer Pointer Type STS Pointer Sequence Type Pointer Direction nss Increment Pointer Rate 34ms Initialization Time On 30s Cool Down Time sussie On 60s Status Current State Time Between Anomalies 30s Time Until Next Anomaly 14s fr Press POINTER ACTION to STOP Painter Sequences Periodic Cont Add ANSI Sequences Running Movement Frequency Offset Pointer Sequences TRANSMIT ERRORS aP eee PATH SETTINGS amp ALARMS COMMANOS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 54 Status Display While Pointer Sequences are Running Table 3 15 Status Lines for Poi Status Line Current State 1 Tine Between Anomelies Tine Until Next Anomaly nter Sequences Description Indicates the state of Pointer Se quences Not Running Initialization State Cool Down or Sequences Running Indicates the tine betw
71. rates Equipment 7502 BNC coaxial cable for electrical loop back Required Optical loop back cable if Electrical Optical Plug in Interface Module is installed Prerequisites CTS 710 wanred up at least twenty minutes Time Required Approximately five minutes 1 Attach electrical and optical loop back cables from the TRANSMIT outputs to the RECEIVE inputs EA CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix E Incoming Inspection Test 2 Perform the initial setup of the CTS 710 with the following sequence Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS DEFAULT Recall Setup FACTORY SETTINGS TRANSMIT Tx Rx Settings Coupled Pointer Control Set Value Pointer Value set Default 522 to 3 To check the STS 1 rate press the CLEAR HISTORY button wait two seconds and then verify that no yellow history lights are on 4 To check the STS 3 rate set the transmit rate as follows Press Menu Button TRANSMIT TRANSMIT SETTINGS Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Select Choice Transnit Rate STS 3 NOTE When changing the transmit rate the LOP LOS and LOF history lights may turn on this is normal However the red event lights should not stay on 5 Press the CLEAR HISTORY button wait two seconds and then verify that no yellow history lights are on 6 Steps 7 through 10 of this procedure apply only if one of the Electrical Optical Plug in Interface Modules Option 0
72. the BITS connector on the rear panel m Select External DSn to use an external DS1 DS3 clock Attach the clock to the external clock connector located on the rear panel Setting the Line Clock Offset To specify the line clock offset Press Menu Button Select Choice TRANSMIT Max 100ppm Stress 4L Opom Stress 1 0ppM USER DEFINED m Select USER DEFINED to specify a clock offset different from the preset choices Setting the Transmit Line Code To specify the transmit line code for the tributary signal Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Line as appropriate SETTINGS Code CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 93 Setting Tributary SignalPDH Transmit Parameters m Select AMI to set the line code to Alternate Mark Inversion m Select B8ZS to set the line code to Binary 8 Zero Substitution m B3ZS Binary 3 Zero Substitution is the only available line code for the DS3 rate The line code available for selection depends on the selected transmit rate The available line codes and their associated rates are listed in Table 3 10 Table 3 10 Tributary Rate Line Codes Transmit Rate Line Codes Available DS1 AMI B8 amp ZS DS3 B3ZS Specifying the Framing The framing choices available depend on the selected transmit rate To set the framing for a DS1 signal Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice
73. the Receive Rate to DS3 gt DS1 Demux specify the DS3 framing as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE DS3 Frarring DS3 C bit SETTINGS DS3 M13 Select Choice DS1 4 DS1 28 Next Previous m Select DS1 1 to specify the first DS1 signal m Select DS1 28 to specify the last DS1 signal m Select Next to change the selection to the next higher DS1 signal m Select Previous to change the selection to the next lower DS1 signal CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 127 Setting TributaryPDH Receive Parameters 3 Specify the DS1 Framing as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter DS1 SF D4 m Select DS1 Unframed to demultiplex an unframed DS1 signal or a DS1 signal whose framing is unknown m Select DS1 SF D4 to demultiplex a DS1 signal in D4 Superframe format m Select DS1 ESF to demultiplex a DS1 signal in Extended Superframe format 3 128 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting TributaryPDH Receive Parameters 4 Specify the received test pattern as follows Select Choice PRBS 2723 1 PRBS 2720 1 PRBS 2715 1 QRSS 2720 1 All Ones All Zeros ling 3in24 User Word 8 Bit User Word 16 Bit User Word 24 Bit Unknown Select User Word 8 Bit User Word 16 Bit or User Word 24 Bit to receive test patterns different from the preset choices If you choose User Word the test patt
74. the controls on the ERRORS amp ALARMS page of the TRANSMIT menu to simulate errors or alarms As an alternative you can edit the transport overhead and path overhead bytes directly to simulate errors alarms and create other stress conditions This section describes how to use the TRANSPORT OVERHEAD and PATH OVERHEAD pages to edit overhead bytes 10101010 EDIT BYTE Predefined Patterns How to Edit an Overhead Byte The following procedure applies to editing either transport overhead or path overhead bytes Transport overhead is given as an example CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 77 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters To edit overhead bytes 1 Display the transport overhead as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSPORT OVERHEAD Because only three columns of overhead are displayed at one time you must specify which columns you want to edit 2 Select the columns you wish to edit as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter 3 Turn the knob to highlight the byte you want to edit See Figure 3 28 3 78 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Tek Measurements Stopped gt oc 1 TRANSMIT amp oc 1 CHOICES Transmitting OC 1 with STS 1 1 under test Reset Showing Overhead for STS 1 1 Overhead External Add sssrin None Set to 10101010 Column 1
75. the number of errored seconds that occurred for each type of error during the test The Failures category of the MAIN RESULTS page displays the number of seconds that the failure occurred The Alarms category of the MAIN RESULTS page displays the number of seconds that the alarm occurred The Pointers category of the MAIN RESULTS page displays the number of seconds certain conditions existed and the number of times certain actions occurred Displaying an Analysis of Test Results To display an analysis of test results Select Choice Section Line Path Analysis VT Analysis Pattem Analysis DSn Path Analysis Tables 3 24 through 3 30 detail the error analysis that appears on the ERROR ANALYSIS page With the exception of the error count the analysis of the error conditions that appear on the ERROR ANALYSIS page is made up of two numbers The first number is the number of seconds the condition existed The second number is the percentage of the test duration that the condition existed CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 34 177 Viewing Results Table 3 24 T1M1 Section Analysis Results Displayed on the ERROR ANALYSIS Page Analysis Result Section Section Analysis B1 BIP Error Counts Errored Seconds Errored Seconds Type A Errored Seconds Type B Severely Errored Seconds Severely Errored Framing Seconds Error Free Seconds Table 3 25 T1M1 Line Analysis Results Displayed on the
76. the type of error to insert Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter The rate at which errors are inserted is specified on the Error rate set to line An error rate of None specifies that no errors are inserted unless the INSERT ERROR button is pressed Any error rate other CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 35 Tutorial than None results in a continuous stream of errors being inserted into the transmitted signal To insert a single error press INSERT ERROR When you press the INSERT ERROR button the red ERROR light flashes To insert a continuous stream of errors cranial Highlight Parameter Note that the red ERROR light now stays on all the time errors are being detected continually To turn off the automatic error insertion Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT ERRORS amp Error Rate set to None Now that errors are no longer being transmitted the red ERROR light has gone out although the yellow history light is still on To clear the error history press CLEAR HISTORY Adjusting Pointers 2 36 The CTS 710 enables you to adjust or move pointers Note that pointer movements are not necessarily errors Pointer parameters are set on the POINTERS amp TIMING page of the TRANSMIT menu CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tutorial To display the POINTERS amp TIMING page Press Menu argi Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT POI
77. to ground unbalanced Signal Level DSX 1 3Vpk 0 6 V into 100 Q DS 1 Monitor 20 CB flat loss below DSX 1 DSX 3 0 6 Vok 0 24 V into 75 Q DS 3 Monitor 20 dB flat loss below DSX 3 Connectors DS1 Bantam 100 Q DS3 BNC 750 D 12 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix D Specifications Table D 2 Option 22 DS1 DS3 VT1 5 Capabilities Cont Characteristic Description DS1 DS3 Internal Pattern Receiver Pattem Receiver Source DS1 Rx Signal ext VTL5 Drop DS3 Rx Signal ext SONET SPE Drop Frarring Ds1 SF D4 ESF Unfranred DS3 M13 C bit Parity Unfranred Demultiplexing Demux DS3 to DS1 Allows selection of any one of 28 DS1 channels froma DS3 VT1 5 DS3 Demapping VT1L5 Demapping Floating Async VTL5 Active Demap Channel Selection Allows selection of any one of 28 VT channels Drop VT1 5 to Intemal DS1 Receiver Extemal DS1 signal output Drop DS3 from Selected STS 1 Channel Drop DS3 to Intemal DS3 Receiver Extemal DS3 signal output VT Path Overhead VT15 Path Overhead Access V5 control xxxx Set VT Path Overhead bytes to any value from binary 00000000 to 11111111 Z3 Z4 and 75 View all Path Overhead bytes VTL5 Path Trace Byte J 2 Send user defined 16 byte sequence or set to 00000000 View Path Trace J 2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual D13 Appendix D Specifications Table D 2 Option 22 DS1 DS3 VT1 5 Capabilities Cont Characteristic VT Poin
78. transmit rate that the red ERROR light on the front panel came on and the red LOS LOF and LOP status lights came on also NO SIG appeared next to the incoming signal icon at the top of the display The lights turned on because you can set the transmit and receive settings independently and right now the receive section is still set to STS 1 You will change the receive rate later in this tutorial An STS 3 signal is made up of three STS 1 signals The CTS 710 can test only one signal at a time therefore you must specify which of the three signals that make up the STS 3 signal you wish to test This tutorial has you test the second signal The signal to be tested is identified on the STS Under Test line Tutorial To specify which signal or STS to test Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter To set the mapping and the test pattern Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Setting Receive Parameters You can set receive parameters two ways The first way is to set the parameters individually display the RECEIVE menu and set each parameter manually on the RECEIVE SETTINGS page The second way is to couple the receive settings to the transmit settings To do this use the Tx Rx Settings line on the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page The Tx Rx Settings line appears on both the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page and the RECEIVE SETTINGS page To couple transmit settings to the receive settings you would use the Tx Rx Settings line on the RECEIVE
79. will display the name of the file recalled Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 RESULTS STs 1 ACTIONS lt Memory Start Time Duration Recall Current 09 22 39 09 Dec 94 Od Oh Om Result Previous 09 20 26 09 Dec 94 Od Oh Om Delete File Disk Description Memory Disk TEST MAIN ERROR HISTORY SAVE SUMMARY RESULTS ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS Figure 3 64 The RECALL RESULTS Page Deleting Test Results from Disk To delete test results from disk 1 Insert the disk containing the test results into the disk drive 2 Select the test results file to be deleted as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice RESULTS RECALL Disk RESULTS see Figure 3 64 select disk file Delete File name CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 195 Viewing Results Recalling Test Results from Memory To recall test results from memory Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter RESULTS RECALL Memory RESULTS see Figure 3 64 Recall Result Printing Results 3 196 There are two ways to print out the results of the current test One way is to tell the CTS 710 which results to print from the print dialog box The second way is to display the results you wish to print out and then print the displayed screen this is the only way to print out history graphs Results are printed according to the Printer Type which is set on the PRINTER SETUP page see page 3 20
80. 00000 Cy 01 100000000 D2 00000000 bs 00000000 HI ee eke ak k k ie H2 ae k k e k e H3 ae e k e k k e B2 se ve kK RK K1 00000000 K2 00000000 D4 00000000 bs 00000000 bs 00000000 Cam br 00000000 bs 00000000 bs 00000000 010 00000000 D11 00000000 012 00000000 si fJoo000000 mo 00000000 Ez 00000000 DONE TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS IT PATH SETTINGS amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMAN DS ER eg OVERHEAD Figure 2 30 The Display in Edit Mode To change the value of any bit within the byte highlight the bit you wish to change To change the value of the highlighted bit select either or 0 After you assign a value to the highlighted bit the highlight moves to the next bit to be edited Edit the S1 byte to read 10101010 Select DONE when you have finished editing the byte You can assign preset values to the highlighted byte For example rather than editing each bit of the byte as you just did you could also CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tutorial have selected Set to 10101010 To see that the CTS 710 is now receiving the new value of the S1 byte Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE TRANSPORT none OVERHEAD Verify that the transport overhead for STS 1 1 is displayed If it is not Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Look at the value of the S1 byte You will see that it is 10101010 as previously set V
81. 1 D3 D4 D12 F1 Al A2 C1 B1 El F1 Pause D1 D2 D3 Continue H1 H2 H3 B2 K1 K2 Bytes that can be viewed on this page D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D D10 DU D12 S1 MO E2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps RE PATH OVERHEAD Page s r LJ TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Overhead View STS Path CJ Extemal Drop Overhead RESULTS umuy Pause Control V5 Bye Overhead View STS Path Overhead n 1 i F2 B3 C2 G1 None 52 View Only F2 H4 ZB ZA z5 Overhead View V5 Byte v5 View Only r TEST SU Page SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Results Source E E Results Rate RESULTS uTiLiTy Rests Mapping Displayed information is C Test Started taken from last test run Elapsed Tirre TROUBLE SCAN CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps EC MAIN RESULTS Page TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Eros Failures d RESULTS UTILITY Aams Boe m MENUs ma O ERROR ANALYSIS Page SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Section C Analysis Line Analysis B OO Analysis U VTL5 Analysis DS3 Analysis Payload Analysis DS1 Analysis A 22 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps MENUS _ TEST SETUPS i MIT RECEIVE HISTORY GRAPHS Page Zoomin 2 History Resolution ZoomOut Normal 1 min Show 1 mins bar Next Top 5 mins bar Change Top 15 mins bar Change 60 mins bar Bottom Receive Rate SONET Rate Failures SONE
82. 11111 Transmit 3 1 N User Setup Bits 1 4 Switch Request Bits 5 8 Channel Requesting K2 Full Byte Bits 1 4 Channel Requesting sus 3 3 TIN TIN AIS AIS Bit 5 Architecture Bits 6 8 Status Transmit Setup ce Select Action SETTINGS amp ALARMS amp TIMING fat TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Lara PATH Figure 3 56 The RECEIVE Column on the APS COMMANDS Page CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual y a as Viewing Results This section describes how to view save recall and print test results You can look at test results while a test is running or after it has completed The CTS 710 SONET Test Set can display test results as a summary or in a more detailed tabular form The CTS 710 also displays measurement history in a graphical format Viewing a Summary of Results To display a summary of test results Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS TEST SUMMARY none none Figure 3 57 shows the TEST SUMMARY page The top half of the display shows the source of the displayed results the line rate of the displayed results the mapping of the displayed results when the displayed test results started and the duration of the test elapsed time The bottom half of the display is where the TroubleScan feature displays information TroubleScan provides a quick overview of test results by displaying the four most significa
83. 2 3 97 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Table of Contents Figure 3 36 Sequence for Setting SONET Signal Parameters sucess oda cece cece cree eee e ee ee eens Figure 3 37 Sequence for Setting SONET Signal Parameters When Demapping a Tributary Signal Figure 3 38 SONET Receive Rates 5685 Figure 3 39 Setting Tributary Mapping Figure 3 40 Displaying Received Optical Power Figure 3 41 J1 Path Trace Message Received by the CTS TIO isc eaters Oise a oe de 8 oes Daewoo Sates Figure 3 42 Dropping Data from the DCC Figure 3 43 Dropping the User Channel Data Byte Figure 3 44 Sequence for Setting Tributary Signal P rameters sanse Kar Moroes Soar sates Figure 3 45 Sequence for Setting Signal Parameters to Demultiplex a DS1 from a DS3 006 Figure 3 46 Tributary Signal Receive Rates Figure 3 47 Setting An Error Rate 64 Figure 3 48 Manual Pointer Control Choices Figure 3 49 Alternating Burst Pointer Movement Figure 3 50 Incrementing Pointer Location Once Every Two Milliseconds c ccc cceeccceeccceececs Figure 3 51 Offsetting the Transmit Rate by 4 6 ppm Figure 3 52 The Three Periods of a Pointer Sequence Figure 3 53 An Example of a Pointer Sequence Figure 3 54 Status Display While Pointer Sequences are R nning so pes oen ore st ak
84. 3 Results can be printed to a printer or to a disk file Results are printed to disk in three formats Windows BMP format Interleaf image format and Encapsulated PostScript format Printing Main Results or Error Analysis When the CTS 710 prints test results it prints out the contents of the MAIN RESULTS page or the ERROR ANALYSIS page The printed results are reformatted so that all results fit on a single page Before printing results check that the printer setup is correct The printer setup is displayed on the PRINTER SETUP page of the UTILITY menu CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results To print the results of the current test Press Menu Button Select Choice PRINT see Figure 3 65 Print Abort EXIT m Highlight Print Main Results and then select Print to print the contents of the MAIN RESULTS page m Highlight Print Error Analysis and then select Print to print the contents of the ERROR ANALYSIS page m Select Abort to cancel a printout in process m Select EXIT if you decide not to print out any test results Tek Measurements Stepped gt ST5 1 ares amp STS PRINT CONTROL i Use the knob to highlight the type of printout and press Print or press EXIT to clear this box Print Main Results Abert Print Error Analysis Print Last Screen Print Status 100 Selected Printer Tek DPU 411 Printer type and port are set in the UTILITY menu SUMMARY GRITS ANALYSIS
85. 3 or Option 04 is installed in your CTS 710 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix E Incoming Inspection Test 7 To check the OC 3 rate perform the setup sequence Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Rate OC 3 SETTINGS 8 Press the CLEAR HISTORY button wait two seconds and then verify that no yellow history lights are on 9 If your CTS 710 does not have OC 12 capability you have completed the incoming inspection test To check the OC 12 rate perform the setup sequence Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Rate OC 12 SETTINGS 10 Press the CLEAR HISTORY button wait two seconds and then verify that no yellow history lights are on Tributary Signals Add Drop Test Option Only This test checks that the CTS 710 transmits and receives error free signals at all tributary rates Equipment 7502 BNC coaxial cable for DS3 electrical loop back Required 110Q BantamCable for DS1 electrical loop back Prerequisites CTS 710 wanred up at least twenty ninutes Time Required Approximately five ninutes E 6 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix E Incoming Inspection Test 1 Attach electrical and optical loop back cables from the OUT outputs to the IN inputs 2 Perform the initial setup of the CTS 710 with the following sequence Press Menu Highlight Butto
86. 54 3 156 With Cancel 3 154 3 156 Periodic Continuous 3 153 3 156 With Add 3 154 3 156 With Cancel 3 156 with Cancel 3 153 Phase Transient 3 153 3 155 pin assignments Overhead Add Drop Port G 5 RS 232 G 3 VGA video output G 1 Pointer Fail If condition 3 43 POINTER ACTION button 3 142 POINTER ADJ status light 3 60 pointer adjust mode 3 141 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Pointer Control POINTERS amp TIMING 3 147 Pointer Direction POINTERS amp TIMING 3 148 3 157 Pointer Rate POINTERS amp TIM ING 3 147 3 158 Pointer S Bits Pointers amp Timing 3 146 Pointer Type POINTERS amp TIM ING 3 142 3 157 Pointer Value Set to POINTERS amp TIMING 3 144 3 145 Pointer Timing Mode POINTERS amp TIMING 3 141 3 149 3 156 Pointers MAIN RESULTS 3 175 3 177 power connector 1 9 power requirements 1 9 POWEROUT history graphs 3 187 Preview Operator End Prompt 3 48 Operator Start Prompt 3 46 Previous VT Under Test 3 74 Print AutoScan dialog box 3 58 PRINT CONTROL dialog box 3 197 3 198 PRINT button 3 197 Print Error Analysis PRINT CON TROL dialog box 3 197 Print Last Screen PRINT CON TROL dialog box 3 198 Print Main Results PRINT CON TROL dialog box 3 197 Print Summary On Test Comple tion 3 49 Print User amp Company PRINTER SETUP 3 206 Index printer setup 3 203 Printer Type PRINTER SETUP 3 204 printers RS 232 parameters 3 204 s
87. 59 The vertical axis of the line graph ranges from 0 to the maximum which is different for SPEs and VTs There is only one measurement displayed as a line graph as shown in Table 3 32 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 183 Viewing Results 3 184 Tek Measurements Stopped STS 1 STS 1 Minimum Res 1 min Cursor at 17 45 on 15 Mar 95 STS Pointer Value Zoom In mins 15 fbar Zoom Out 0 a mr Show 00 16 00 20 00 00 00 Path B3 Errored Secs NExETOP 1000 Change 190 T p ie Change 0 Bottom 00 16 00 20 00 00 00 TEST MAIN ERROR SAVE RECALL SUMMARY RESULTS ANALYSIS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 3 59 Line Graph Showing Pointer Value Table 3 32 Measurements Displayed as a Line Graph Displayed Value STS Pointer Value VT Pointer Value On Off Graphs On off graphs indicate whether alarms and failures were on or off see Figure 3 60 There are only two types of on off graphs as shown in Table 3 33 One type displays alarms and the other type displays failures CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 STs 1 Minimum Res 1 min Cursor at 17 15 on 15 Mar 95 Failures Zoom In tae mins LOF EE 15 OOF E fbar LOP fu 8 Zoom Out POWER 4 00 16 00 2000 ogo Show Alarms Next Top L AIS i z L FERF E x 2 Change P A IS iE re z Top P FER Fm a PATTERN Jmm a a a z Change
88. Action Select EDIT TEXT to EDIT TEXT lt edit the specified text string TEST conto PA Figure 2 18 Selecting a Text String for Editing 2 22 To edit a text string 1 2 Select the text string by turning the knob until the desired text string is highlighted see Figure 2 18 Select EDIT TEXT This places the CTS 710 into edit mode When in edit mode the choices along the right side of the display change see Figure 2 19 In edit mode the status line at the top of the display is replaced with a line that displays the characters available for placing into the text string Some characters available for message text are not available for file names To change the highlighted character or enter a new one select the character to enter by turning the knob To enter the selected character select Enter lt character gt To delete a character already entered use the arrows to highlight the character Select Delete to delete the character CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview 5 When you are finished editing the text string select DONE The characters available depend on 2 A Tuming the knob selects the the text string being edited The Character to be entered Characters used for file nanes area subset of the characters available for i i Select this choice to enter the selected character Characters ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890 r n Transmit
89. An acronym for Severely Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds SES A second with more than N CVs N varies with the transmit rate but corresponds to a BER of 2 x 1077 SOH An acronym for Section Overhead CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Gossary 5 Glossary SONET An acronym for Synchronous Optical NETwork SPE An acronym for Synchronous Payload Envelope STE An acronym for Section Terminating Equipment STS An acronym for Synchronous Transport Signal STS N An acronym for Synchronous Transport Signal level N STS 1 3 9 12 18 24 36 48 The different STS N rates and their optical equivalents for the SONET Signal Hierarchy are listed in the following table SONET Signal Hierarchy Electrical Signal Data Rate Mb s STS 1 5184 STS 3 155 52 STS 9 466 56 STS 12 622 08 STS 18 933 12 STS 24 1244 16 STS 36 1866 24 STS 48 2488 32 TE An acronym for Terminal Equipment Glossary 6 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Glossary Through Mode The ability to retransmit the incoming signal and manipulate its contents TOH An acronym for Transport Overhead Transport Overhead TOH A set of bytes allocated within each frame to carry operation administration and maintenance information from one end of the system to the other Tributary The lower rate signal that is input to a multiplexer for combination multiplexing with other low rate signals to form a higher rate s
90. Byte Sync 100 Reserved 101 TSS4 110 VT AIS Bytes You Cannot Edit Certain bytes in the transport overhead and path overhead cannot be edited in the TRANSPORT OVERHEAD or PATH OVERHEAD pages These uneditable bytes have calculated values that are based on the payload and signal structure see Table 3 8 Table 3 8 Overhead Bytes That Cannot Be Edited Overhead Byte Function B1 Section level parity byte B2 Line level parity byte B3 Path level parity byte G1 Path status H1 H2 H3 Identify location of payload H4 Multifrarre indicator CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 81 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters The bytes that cannot be edited are marked with a line of asterisks on the TRANSPORT OVERHEAD or PATH OVERHEAD pages see Figure 3 28 on page 3 79 In addition there are bytes you may not be able to edit depending on parameter settings in the CTS 710 As shown in Figure 3 28 a short text string replaces the binary values in the byte field of the TRANSPORT OVERHEAD and PATH OVERHEAD pages when a byte cannot be edited Table 3 9 shows the affected bytes the text string and a description of the parameter setting that prevents the byte from being edited Table 3 9 Bytes You Cannot Edit Due to Parameter Settings Text String that Replaces the Parameter Setting Affecting Binary Values Byte Edit Capability Loss of Frarre Failure is being sirrulated D1 D2 D3 Se
91. CTORY SETTINGS Transmit Rate Mapping Bulk Fill No Mapping Equipped Tx Rx Settings Coupled TEST CONTROL Test Duration MAIN RESULTS none Errors TEST SETUPS RESULTS 3 Press the START STOP button 4 While the test is running the CTS 710 counts errors and errored seconds and then calculates the error ratio for each error type 5 After 15 minutes have elapsed the test stops automatically and the measured results are held on the MAIN RESULTS page until another test is started 6 When the test is complete you can store the test results to disk or print out a hardcopy To save the test results to disk you must enter a name for the disk file as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS SAVE RESULTS EDIT NAME 7 Enter an eight character name for the file CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 35 Basic Test Procedures 8 If you wish you can also enter a description of the test results by highlighting Description and selecting EDIT TEXT 9 Save the test results to disk as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Save to Disk Save Current Testing Mapping and Demapping To test that a DS1 signal is correctly mapped into a SONET signal you would use a Bit Error Rate test However testing mapping de mapping requires a different test setup than that described on page 3 4 1 Connect the CT
92. CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual a SSS Seen Appendix G Rear Panel Connectors This appendix describes the connectors located on the rear panel of the CTS 710 VGA Extemal Video GPIB RS 232 Clock Input Port Port Optional Calibration Overhead 1 544 Mb s Connector Fuse Principal Signal Add Drop BITS Not Used Power Output Port Timing Switch Reference Input Figure G 1 CTS 710 Rear Panel Connectors VGA Video Output The CTS 710 can drive an external IBM compatible VGA monitor There are no parameters to set in order to drive an external monitor The output is monochrome green only the resolution is 640 pixels x 480 pixels Figure G 2 shows how the pins are numbered on the CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual GA Appendix G Rear Panel Connectors VGA connector Table G 1 lists the pin assignment for the rear panel VGA connector Il 15 oooo0o 1 5 Figure G 2 The VGA Video Output Connector Table G 1 VGA Video Output Connector Pin Assignment Pin Number Description 1 Ground 2 Video Signal Green 3 Ground 4 x 5 a 6 Ground 7 Ground 8 Ground 9 10 Ground 11 Ground bp 13 Horizontal Sync 14 Vertical Sync 15 ERA G2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix G Rear Panel Connectors GPIB Port The GPIB General Purpose Interface Bus port is used for remote control of the CTS 710 For detailed informatio
93. CTS 710 fails any of these tests it has failed the incoming inspection test Double check the electrical and optical connections and repeat any failed test If the failure persists contact your local Tektronix field office or representative for assistance You can perform the following tests in any order Each test is independent and does not depend on the setup from the previous test m Turn on the CTS 710 Allow it to warm up for 20 minutes before proceeding with the tests System Self Test with External Loop Back This test executes the Self Test including coverage of the transmitter and receiver I O circuitry Equipment 7502 BNC coaxial cable for electrical loop back Required Opttical loop back cable if Electrical Optical Plug in Interface Module is installed Prerequisites CTS 710 wanrectup at least twenty minutes Time Required Approximately two minutes 1 Attach electrical and optical loop back cables from the TRANSMIT OUT outputs to the RECEIVE IN inputs NOTE Connectors labeled OUT and IN are present only on instruments equipped with the Add Drop Test Option CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual E3 Appendix E Incoming Inspection Test 2 Set up and execute the system self test with the following sequence Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter omar Self Test Control Run SONET Signals This test checks that the CTS 710 transmits and receives error free signals at all SONET
94. Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE TYRx Settings Independent SETTINGS Notice that the signal status icons in the upper right corner of the display changed to indicate that the settings are no longer coupled 3 102 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters NOTE When the incoming line rate changes a valid LOS must occur between the old and new line rates otherwise the CTS 710 might lose pattern lock and display an LOS or LOF status If this occurs reselect the correct Receive line rate after the change or initiate a valid LOS for example disconnect and reconnect the received signal or assert LOS at the source Setting the Receive Level To specify the receive level for electrical signals Press Menu Button RECEIVE Select Menu Page RECEIVE SETTINGS Highlight Select Choice Connect High Monitor Select XConnect to set the line level to the cross connect level m Select Low to set the line level to low m Select High to set the line level to high m Select Monitor to set the line level to the monitor level Setting the Signal Structure If you are receiving an STS 3 OC 3 or OC 12 signal you can specify whether the signal consists of STS 1 payloads or STS 3c payloads CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 103 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters To specify the structure of a received STS 3 OC 3 or OC 12 signal Press Menu Select Menu Highli
95. Column 2 Column 3 Bytes you can Al 1111017110 42 00101000 ci 00000001 it Bl xxxxxxxx Et 00000000 Ft 00000000 Set to ree ad anaaanng 02 00000000 03 00000000 SUT ert H HZ amp H3 fx xx RE BZ Ky RZ Al gt DET Default because D4 OUUUUVOO bs UoouUU00 be 100000000 00000000 i 72 bye 07 100000000 os 00000000 p 00000000 alanmis set D10 00000000 ETTIV UVT D12 00000000 selected to ss ER zz 2 00000000 EDIT BYTE edit TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS SETTINGS amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD Figure 3 28 Editing the Z2 Transmit Overhead Byte There are several ways to edit the byte m Select Reset Overhead to set all bytes in the overhead to their individual default values However Reset Overhead does not remove simulated error conditions that have been set using controls in the ERRORS amp ALARMS page A simulated error condition overrides the default value of the overhead byte that signals that particular error condition Select Default XXXXXXXX to set the selected byte to its default value The specific default value depends on the selected byte and on the rate and structure of the signal m Select EDIT BYTE to define the byte as a value different from the preset choices 4 To edit the selected byte to a value of your choice Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice EDIT BYTE CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 79 Setting SDH
96. DIN 47256 Optical Bulkhead Assembly H 4 SC Optical Bulkhead Assembly H 4 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual xiii Table of Contents List of Tables Table 1 1 Fuse and Fuse Cap Part Numbers 1 8 Table 1 2 Power Requirements 000005 1 9 Table 2 1 Icons that Appear in the Display 2 8 Table 2 2 CTS 710 Disk File Types 2 24 Table 3 1 LTE Responses to Errors and Alarms 3 9 Table 3 2 Test Duration Limits 000 3 26 Table 3 3 Actions You Cannot Perform While a Test is Running soes eosar ccc cee cee cee eee eee e tence 3 29 Table 3 4 Fail If Conditions of a Pass Fail Test 3 39 Table 3 5 Green Status Lights e ee eeee 3 59 Table 3 6 Red and Yellow Status Lights 3 60 Table 3 7 Choices for Bits 5 6 and 7 of the V5 Byte 3 81 Table 3 8 Overhead Bytes That Cannot Be Edited 3 81 Table 3 9 Bytes You Cannot Edit Due to Parameter Settings sse eosi eee rinna E areca g8 x See E E 3 82 Table 3 10 Tributary Rate Line Codes 3 94 xiv Table 3 11 Maximum Error Rates for SONET Signals 3 134 Table 3 12 Maximum Error Rates for Tributary Signals 3 134 Table 3 13 Pointer Sequences Generated 3 153 Table 3 14 Availability of Pointer Sequences 3 155 Table 3 15 Status Lines for Pointer Sequences 3 160 Table 3 16 Choices for Bits 1
97. Default button nextto the D4 00000000 Ds 00000000 Dns 00000000 99000000 i i D7 100000000 os 00000000 Ds 00000000 desired choice D10 100000000 D11 00000000 012 00000000 51 a Mo 00000000 Ez 00000000 EDIT BYTE ema EFRORS Ja APS g PATH SETTINGS gel ARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS By OVERHEAD Select the byte to edit Select EDIT BYTE to change by using the knob the bits within the byte Figure 2 16 Selecting a Byte for Editing When in edit mode the choices along the right side of the display change see Figure 2 17 The highlight now applies to a single bit 2 20 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview 3 To change the value of the highlighted bit select either 1 or 0 Each time you select 1 or 0 the highlighted bit is changed and the highlight moves to the next bit To select a different bit for editing select either the right or left arrow to move the highlight When the desired bit is highlighted select either 1 or 0 When you are finished editing the byte select DONE This enters the changes to the byte and exits edit mode Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 STs 1 TRANSMIT Transmitting STS 1 with STS 1 1 under test D Cha the value Showing Overhead for STS 1 1 1 of the bit by External Add vues None selecting of o these choices Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 F Al 11110110 42 00101000 1 00000001 S
98. FIG 3 200 Internal Transmit Clock 3 68 3 92 J J1 Path Trace byte editing 3 82 viewing 3 116 3 117 K Kl Full Byte APS COMMANDS 3 162 K2 Full Byte APS COMMANDS 3 167 knob 2 3 knob icon 2 19 L lights red 3 60 status 2 4 3 58 yellow 3 60 Line ERROR ANALYSIS 3 177 3 178 Offset Mode 3 150 LINE AIS status light 3 60 Line AIS Transmit alarm set to 3 136 Line Clock Offset TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 93 Line DCC Overhead Add Drop Port G 5 G 6 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Index LINE FERF status light 3 60 Line FERF Transmit alarm set to 3 136 line rate 3 64 3 90 LOF Failure set to 3 138 status lights 3 60 LONG APS COMMANDS 3 169 LOP status light 3 60 LOS Failure set to 3 138 status light 3 60 Low Receive Level 3 103 Low 15 min History Resolution 3 27 LP APS COMMANDS 3 165 LP S APS COMMANDS 3 164 manuals related xxii Mapping TRANSMIT SET TINGS 3 71 mapping a tributary signal 3 72 Mapping line RECEIVE SET TINGS page 3 105 Max 100ppm Frequency Offset 3 150 Max 103 Pointer Value Set to 3 146 Max 2ms Pointer Rate 3 147 Max 48ms Pointer Rate 3 147 Max 782 Pointer Value Set to 3 145 Memory RECALL INSTRUMENT SET UPS 3 34 RECALL RESULTS 3 196 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Memory 1 6 Save to Memory 3 33 menu pages 2 9 menus RECEIVE 2 9 RESULTS 2 9 TEST SETUPS 2 9 TRANSMIT 2 9 UTILITY 2 9
99. GRAPHS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 3 65 The PRINT CONTROL Dialog Box CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 197 Viewing Results 3 198 To print the results of a test saved on disk recall the results see page 3 194 and then print as previously described To print the results of the previous test recall the previous test see page 3 196 and then print as previously described Printing History Graphs To print a history graph from the CTS 710 1 Display the history graph you want to print The history graph can be for the current test or the previous test or it can be recalled from disk 2 Print the history graph as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter PRINT Print Last Screen Print see Figure 3 65 m Select Print to print the displayed history graph using the settings on the PRINTER SETUP page of the UTILITY menu m Select EXIT if you decide not to print any test results m Select Abort to cancel a printout in process CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual SSS Changing Instrument Settings This section describes how to change the date and time settings printer settings and the GPIB and RS 232 parameters This section describes how to display a screen that details the CTS 710 configura tion You will also find a description of how to run the instrument self test in this section Viewing the Instrument Configuration You can display a page that describes how the CTS 710 is c
100. IME A 24 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps m MENUS TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE OO RESULTS UTILITY o CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual PRINTER SETUP Page Printer Type RS 232 Baud Rate Stop Bits Parity Flow Control Printer User amp Company User Narre Company Nane Tek DPU 411 Epson Thinkjet To Disk BMP Format To Disk lleaf Format To Disk EPS Forsat 2400 Even Software Hardware HWESAV 98 EDIT TEXT EDIT TEXT Menu Maps TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE GPIB Primary Address Default 4 J RS 232 Inc RESULTS UTILITY Baud Rate Dec Stop Bits J R Offfine Parity Hardware Handshake Software Handshake TTT 1200 Data Carrier Detect 2400 Tx Delay Seconds 4800 Tx Teminator 9600 2 None Odd Even Off On None XoryXoff Off On oO 5 Inc Dec LF CR CR LF LF CR A 26 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps MENUS _ TEST SETUPS MIT RECEIVE 4 g D py gt Z 5 a Ea a E m MENUS TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE RESULTS OC EH B INSTR CONFIG Page Modal Serial Number Hardware Revision Option Revision Fimmere Revision Options Interface Module DS1 DS3 Option SELF TEST Page Self Test Control Self T
101. MISC SETTINGS Page seerne rene eee eee eee A 24 PRINTER SETUP Page 00 cece eee eee eee A 25 REMOTE CONTROL Page 0 0 c eee eee eee A 26 INSTR CONFIG Page 0 cee eee eee eee eee A 27 SELF TEST Pages soca ceeiG ei Chae ge Sh Ske x A 27 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual vii Table of Contents Appendix B Status and Error Messages B 1 Status Messages 6 65 6 nhs be eee ke was a ed eage KRAN DEG B 1 Error Messages ASE ka ig ke avisiag Set dew eee B 3 Appendix C Default Factory Settings C 1 Appendix D Specifications ccc eee eee ee ees D 1 Appendix E Incoming Inspection Test E 1 Loop Back Connection sssueseeu srera e rreren E 2 How to Proceed er joe tek Sse BOA BARRA CR E 3 System Self Test with External Loop Back E 3 SONET Signals epetan beso Ste tee Gees Shea ees E4 Tributary Signals Add Drop Test Option Only E 6 Appendix F Example Disk Contents 4 F 1 Instrument Setups o sss oss oe sea eae eke ba es F 1 TER ES US atin ides ee ea ee ts Rees aR ae Rees aS F 1 Pass Fail Tests os seus Si shied a sre aatvs Sao a F 1 Appendix G Rear Panel Connectors 2 G 1 VGA Video Output vesse pirsa acneei eean eni eee G 1 GPIB Pottier esos ep ten db tng deodsach tue teen betcha G 3 RS 232 POL js dca desea erne a ted add Wed Ath badge o G 3 External Clock Input 0 2 0
102. Menu ccc cc ccc cece cece eens 2 37 Figure 2 28 Adjusting Frequency Offset Using the Knob 2 39 Figure 2 29 The TRANSPORT OVERHEAD Page of the TRANSMIT Menu cece eee e eee enee 2 41 Figure 2 30 The Display in Edit Mode 2 42 Figure 2 31 The TEST SUMMARY Page of the RESULTS Ment sesse menh facie aie teats oe eae Sailers 2 44 Figure 2 32 The MAIN RESULTS Page of the RESULTS Mens se REN Renee Sao Sea SEGS 2 45 Figure 3 1 Setup to Check Network Continuity 3 2 Figure 3 2 Setup to Check a Transmission Link 3 4 Figure 3 3 Setup to Test Mapping and Demapping 3 6 Figure 3 4 Setup to Check Error and Alarm Response 3 9 Figure 3 5 Setup to Check Pointer Movements 3 14 Figure 3 6 Setup to Check Line Frequency Offset Respons l seeni sas as stare acd 5 seas A are ave 3 16 Figure 3 7 Setup to Monitor Performance 3 19 Figure 3 8 The Test Control Page 00000 3 24 Figure 3 9 Setting a USER DEFINED Test Duration 3 25 x CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Table of Contents Figure 3 10 Elapsed Time and Bar Graph Indicators 3 28 Figure 3 11 The SAVE INSTRUMENT SETUPS Page 3 33 Figure 3 12 The RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS Page 3 35 Figure 3 13 Selecting a Disk File for Deleting 3 36 Figure 3 14 The SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS Page 3 37 Figure 3 15 Entering Fail If Conditions
103. NET Test Set User Manual RECE lt E U UTILITY U SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS Page Narre Description Operator Start Pront Test Duration Fail If Operator End Ponet J On Test Completion Save to Disk TEST XX Clear EDIT NAME Clear EDIT TEXT Default Clear Preview EDIT TEXT 5 min 15 min 1 hour Continuous USER DEFINED Up to four fail if conditions can be specified Default Clear Preview EDIT TEXT Nothing Print Summary Save to Disk Save File Menu Maps m MENUus TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE SL RESULTS UTILITY Oo Oo TRANSMIT SETTINGS Page 1 of 2 Transmit Rate Transmit Clock Transmit Level Signal Structure STS Under Test Mapping VT Under Test Payload Test Pattem Background Patt m Tx Rx Settings OC 1 1xSTS 1 Structure 1x STS 1 1 Structure 12x STS 1 1 BITS Rate STS 1 and STS 3 only Cross Connect High L Rate STS 1 Rate STS 3 Rate OC 12 OC 3 3xSTS 1 12xSTS 1 4xSTS 3c 1xSTS 3c Structure Structure 3x STS 1 1x STS 320 1 1 2 3 Structure 4 x STS 3c 1 2 3 4 Buk Fill No Mapping Equipped Bulk Fill No Mapping UnEquipped VTL5 Async DS3 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps MENUs
104. NSMIT SETTINGS page the receive parameters are changed to match the transmit parameters Conversely when settings are coupled from the RECEIVE SETTINGS page the transmit parameters are changed to match the receive parameters Notice that the signal status icons in the upper right corner of the display changed to reflect the coupling of the settings To change transmit and receive settings so that they are no longer coupled Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT TYRx Settings Independent SETTINGS Notice that the signal status icons in the upper right corner of the display changed to indicate that the settings are no longer coupled 3 66 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Through Mode Use Through Mode to monitor a signal without changing it In Through Mode the rate and content of the transmitted signal is that of the received signal You cannot make changes to pointers or timing overhead bytes or insert alarms or errors when the CTS 710 is in Through Mode Through Mode does not perform clock recovery before retransmitting the recovered signal Through Mode is used for nonintrusive performance monitoring of the active signal To put the CTS 710 into Through Mode Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter TRANSMIT TRANSMIT SETTINGS To indicate when the CTS 710 is in Through Mode the transmit and receiv
105. NTERS amp none TIMING see Figure 2 27 Tek Running Od Oh Im 57s gt ST5 3 TRANSMIT 5T5 3 CHOICES Pointer Timing Made Pointer Movements Pointer Pointer Type STS Pointer Movement Pointer Control Single Frequency Offset Pointer SE Press POINTER ACTION for a single movement Sequences It will alternate between increment and decrement TRANSMIT ERRORS BOIS aps TRANSPORT PATH SETTINGS amp ALGRMS HENTE COMMAN DS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 2 27 The POINTERS amp TIMING Page of the TRANSMIT Menu Before adjusting a pointer you must decide what mode of pointer movement to use You can change a pointer by adjusting the pointer directly or by using frequency offset The default mode is Pointer Movements which allows you to adjust pointers directly To specify how the pointer will be adjusted a0 Highlight as CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 37 Tutorial 2 38 After selecting Single for pointer control a message displays that tells you how to adjust the pointer Pointer movement alternates between increment and decrement To adjust a pointer press the front panel POINTER ACTION button Each time you press POINTER ACTION a pointer adjusts and the POINTER ACTION light turns on Also a message appears at the top of the display that describes the type of pointer movement that occurs On this page you can also adjust frequency offset which may cause a network el
106. Network lt USER SETUP TRANSMIT RECEIVE KT Full Byte iones 00000000 00000000 00000000 Bits 1 4 Switch Request wus NR NR NR Ring 0 0 0 00000000 00000000 00000000 Span Bits 5 8 Channel Requesting K2 Full Byte Bits 1 4 Channel Requesting wus 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 IDLE IDLE IDLE Bit 5 Architectur Bits 6 8 Status Transmit Setup ce Select Action ere ERRORS aks SETTINGS amp ALARMS amp TIMING fas TRANSPORT PATH Ej OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 55 The APS COMMANDS Page Setting the K1 Byte 3 162 There are two ways to edit the bits of the K1 byte The first way is to set the value of each bit of the byte one bit at a time The second way is to assign values to the bits using preset choices which use mnemonics to identify bit patterns To set the bit pattern of the K1 byte one bit at a time Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter APS K1 FULL BYTE COMMANDS Default 10101010 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Testing Automatic Protection Switching m Select EDIT BYTE to set the byte to a pattern different than the preset choices To set the bit pattern for the first four bits of the K1 byte Press Menu Button TRANSMIT Highlight Parameter Request BYTE Bits 1 4 Switch under K1 FULL Select Choice as appropriate The selections available for the first four bits of the K1 byte depend on whether the mode is s
107. Norvinal Figure 3 49 Alternating Burst Pointer Movement 3 144 Setting Pointer to a Specific Value With Set to Value selected you can move the pointer immediately to a new location with or without a new data flag being set Payload data can be lost when you use jump pointer movements of this type To set the new pointer value for an STS pointer Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Pointer Control Pointer Value Set to Illegal Max 1 USER DEFINED m Select Min 0 to set the pointer to location zero points to the byte immediately following the H3 transport overhead byte If you choose this setting the pointer is moved immediately you do not need to press POINTER ACTION CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Pointers and Changing Timing m Select Max 782 to set the pointer to location 782 points to the byte immediately preceding the H1 transport overhead byte of the next frame If you choose this setting the pointer is moved immediately you do not need to press POINTER ACTION m Select Default 522 to set the pointer to location 522 points to the first payload byte in the next frame If you choose this setting the pointer is moved immediately you do not need to press POINTER ACTION m Select Illegal Max 1 to move the pointer to illegal location 783 the maximum allowed location 1 Choosing the illegal pointer location may cause a loss of pointer failure If you choose this setting t
108. OINTERS APS Jag PATH amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 26 Mapping a Tributary Signal To configure the CTS 710 for mapping a signal 1 Set the mapping as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT Mapping VT 15 Async m Select VT 1 5 to specify VT1 5 Floating Asynchronous mapping An externally supplied or internally generated DS1 signal is mapped into the selected VT under test while the other 27 VTs contain a background pattern m Select DS3 to map an externally supplied or internally generated DS3 signal to the transmitted signal CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 73 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters 2 Ifthe Mapping is set to VT1 5 specify the VT under test as Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter follows m Select VT 1 to specify the first virtual tributary m Select VT 28 to specify the last virtual tributary m Select Next or Previous to change the selection to the next higher or next lower virtual tributary 3 Specify the payload as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Payload as appropriate m Select DS1 Ext Add to map a DSI signal connected to the DS1 IN connector on the CTS 710 front panel into the payload of the selected virtual tributary m Select DS1 Unframed to map an internally generated unframed DS1 signal into the payload of the selected virtual tr
109. ONET Test Set 75 Q Coaxial Cable Figure 2 20 Setup for the Tutorial Press the ON STBY button to turn on the CTS 710 The CTS 710 performs its power on self test and then displays the TRANSMIT menu Before proceeding with the tutorial initialize the CTS 710 as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS RECALL DEFAULT Recall Setup INSTRUMENT FACTORY SETUPS SETTINGS Setting Transmit Parameters Before beginning the BER test set the transmit and receive parameters 2 28 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tutorial To set the transmit and receive parameters Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Rate SETTINGS see Figure 2 21 Tek Measurements Stopped amp STS 1 TRANSMIT STS 1 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual CHOICES Transmit Rate STSI Transmit Clock Internal JER Transmit Level Cress Connect Signal Structure 1xSTS 1 STS 3 STS Under Test Mapping ou eects Bulk Fill Equipped OC 1 Fest Pattern 21 PRBS 2423 1 OC 3 Tx Rx Settings eeccee Independent MOLE 1of2 ERRORS POINTERS aps TRANSPORT PATH amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 2 21 The TRANSMIT SETTINGS Page of the TRANSMIT Menu Note that as soon as you changed the
110. RANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORTI PATH SETTINGS amp ALARMS SEANAIL COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 2 28 Adjusting Frequency Offset Using the Knob CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 39 Tutorial Use the knob to change the value of Frequency Offset select any value you wish When you are finished selecting a frequency offset Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter To turn off frequency offset Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter TRANSMIT POINTERS amp Frequency Offset TIMING Selecting Default Oppm sets the Frequency Offset back to 0 ppm Viewing Transport Overhead The CTS 710 allows you to view the transport overhead for the transmitted or received signal To view the transport overhead for the transmitted signal Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSPORT none OVERHEAD The first line of text under the menu name describes the signal being received and the STS under test see Figure 2 29 2 40 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tutorial Tek Running Od Oh 3m 10s eee TRANSMIT C 16 15T5 3 Transmitting STS 3 with STS 1 2 under test Showing Overhead for BESES STS 1 1 External Add None STS 1 2 Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 ai 111710110 az 00101000 c 00000001 Bl Aaa RK E1 00000000 r 00000000 STS 1 3 D1 00000000 pz 00000000 p 00000000 Hq de kk dk
111. RESULTS MAIN RESULTS none Errors Failures Alans Pointers Table 3 23 lists all of the test results that are displayed on the MAIN RESULTS page Table 3 23 Results Displayed on MAIN RESULTS Page Category Error Displayed Errors Parity Section B1 BIP Line B2 BIP Path B3 BIP VT BIP Patem Bit DS1 CRC P Bit Parity Line FEBE Path FEBE VT FEBE Frarre Bit Failures Loss of Signal Seconds CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 175 Viewing Results 3 176 Table 3 23 Results Displayed on MAIN RESULTS Page Cont Category Error Displayed Loss of Frane Seconds Out of Frarre Seconds SEFS Loss of STS Pointer Seconds Loss of Power Seconds Loss of VT Pointer Seconds VT LOM Seconds Loss of Pattem Sync Seconds DSn Loss of Frane Seconds Alans Line AIS Seconds Line FERF Seconds Path AIS Seconds Path FERF Seconds VT AIS Seconds VT FERF Seconds DSn AIS Seconds DSn Yellow Seconds DS3 Idle Seconds Pointers Loss of Pointer Seconds New Data Flag Seconds Illegal Pointer Seconds Positive J ustifications Negative J ustifications Illegal Pointer Count Pointer Value CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results The Errors category of the MAIN RESULTS page displays results in three ways The first way displays the count for each type of error The second way displays the error ratio for each error The third way displays
112. RESULTS none CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 1 Basic Test Procedures 9 Change the downstream CTS 710 as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE TRANSPORT none OVERHEAD 10 Press the START STOP buttons on both the upstream and downstream CTS 710s so that the START STOP lights are on 11 Verify that LINE FERF alarm seconds are counted in the MAIN RESULTS display of the upstream CTS 710 12 With the downstream CTS 710 verify that the displayed K1 or K2 bytes are not all zeros 13 Press the START STOP buttons on both the upstream and downstream CTS 710s so that the START STOP lights are off 14 To check the LTE response to a PATH FERF alarm change the upstream CTS 710 as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter ERRORS amp Error Rate set to ALARMS Transmit Alarm PATH FERF set to RESULTS MAIN RESULTS 312 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures 15 Change the downstream CTS 710 as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS MAINRESULTS none Aams 16 Press the START STOP buttons on both the upstream and downstream CTS 710s so that the START STOP lights are on 17 Verify that the PATH FERF light is on on the downstream CTS 710 Response to Pointer Movements Pointers allow the SONET network to multiplex signals from independent sources even if the signal
113. S 710 to an Add Drop Multiplexer ADM as shown in Figure 3 3 CTS 710 SONET Test Set DS1 Add Drop Multiplexer Figure 3 3 Setup to Test Mapping and Demapping 3 6 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures 2 Set up the CTS 710 as follows TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT SETTINGS Highlight Parameter DEFAULT FACTORY SETTINGS Transmit Rate RECEIVE RECEIVE SETTINGS Receive Rate Set to match how the NE is provisioned TEST SETUPS TEST CONTROL RESULTS MAIN RESULTS 3 Press the START STOP button Test Duration While the test is running the CTS 710 counts errors and errored seconds and then calculates the error ratio for each error type After 15 minutes have elapsed the test stops automatically and the measured results are held on the MAIN RESULTS page until another test is started CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 37 Basic Test Procedures 4 When the test is complete you can store the test results to disk or print out a hardcopy To save the test results to disk you must enter a name for the disk file as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS SAVE RESULTS EDIT NAME 5 Enter an eight character name for the file 6 If you wish you can also enter a description of the test results b
114. SMIT SETTINGS 3 68 3 92 TRANSMIT column APS COM MANDS 3 170 Transmit Default Transmit Setup 3 171 Transmit Illegal Transmit Setup 3 171 Transmit Level TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 69 transmit parameters 3 63 Transmit Rate TRANSMIT SET TINGS 3 64 3 90 transmit settings coupled vs independent 3 65 3 90 Transmit Setup APS COM MANDS 3 171 Transmit User Setup Transmit Setup 3 171 transport overhead bytes 3 77 tributary signal dropping 3 110 TroubleScan 3 173 turn on sequence 1 9 12 x STS 1 Signal Structure TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 70 Tx Common Overhead Add Drop Port G 6 Tx Delay Seconds REMOTE CONTROL 3 209 Tx Frame Pulse Overhead Add Drop Port G 7 Tx Terminator REMOTE CON TROL 3 210 Tx Rx Settings RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 102 3 123 TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 65 3 66 3 90 3 91 3 92 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Index Tx Rx Settings line RECEIVE SETTINGS page 3 101 U Unknown Test Pattern 3 129 RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 109 3 113 3 126 USER Fail If table SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 48 User Channel G 5 adding 3 84 dropping 3 117 USER DEFINED Error rate set to 3 135 Frequency Offset 3 150 Line Clock Offset 3 93 Pointer Rate 3 147 Pointer Value Set to 3 145 Test Duration SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 47 TEST CONTROL 3 24 User Name PRINTER SETUP 3 206 ser Trace J1 byte 3 83 ser Word Test Pattern RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 109 3 113 3 129 ser Word 16 b
115. SONET Transmit Parameters m Define your own byte with the buttons next to 1 and 0 Use the left and right arrow buttons to move the cursor from one bit to the next See Figure 3 29 m When you finish editing the byte select DONE Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 STs 1 TRANSMIT Transmitting STS 1 with STS 1 1 under test Showing Overhead for STS 1 1 1 External Add esses None o Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 21 11110110 A2 00101000 i 00000001 HT e ae eke e e e HZ face k k H3 oe k ee k eae B2 kk ee K1 100000000 kz 00000000 D4 00000000 bs 00000000 D6 00000000 br 00000000 bs 00000000 DS 00000000 019 00000000 011 00000000 012 100000000 st 00070000 mo 00000000 2 00000000 Bl x kek KK E1 00000000 Fi 00000000 Cy D1 00000000 Dz 00000000 D3 00000000 DONE TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS SETTINGS amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMAN DSSS Figure 3 29 Editing an Overhead Byte Editing the V5 Byte To edit the V5 byte VT1 5 Mapping Only Press Menu at Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT Overhead View VTL5 Overhead OVERHEAD Only bits 5 6 and 7 the signal label bits of the V5 byte are editable See Table 3 7 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Table 3 7 Choices for Bits 5 6 and 7 of the V5 Byte Choice Unequip 000 Equipped 001 Async 010 Bit Sync 011
116. Signal Structure Viewing the Payload Add Drop Test Option Only If the received signal uses tributary mapping then Autoscan can display the different tributaries within the STS To display the tributary payload highlight an STS where VT 1 5 is shown as the mapping and select the Show Payload choice see Figure 3 19 3 56 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Checking Signal Status Tek Measurements Stopped gt STs 3 Porm anean STS 3 AutoScan of Received Signal i Show gt 320 mV Signal ELECTRIC ed H 2 i Scan All VTS Group 1 Group Group 3 Group 4 Group 5 Group 6 Group 7 T 2 3 a 5 f 7 Analyze kb Ibo fa h2 Ihs Ihe Ihz Ihes Ihs lizo 23 za 2s Jee i ha Ba es Mapping sessen D51 Framing SF D4 VT Group Size i D51 Pattern PRBS 2423 1 Selected VT wus Key VT Signal Label Asynchronous Y Alarm E Equipped Test Pattern has amp ALARMS amp TIMING Jcomman Ds OVERH EAD OVERH EAD Figure 3 19 Viewing Tributary Signal Structure Determining the Payload Pattern and Framing Add Drop Test Option Only To search for a pattern in the data of the received signal or determine the framing select Analyze VT After you select Analyze VT the CTS 710 scans the selected VT in the received signal to see if it there is a pattern within the data and if the signal is framed If a pattern is found it is displayed below
117. Signal Transmit Parameters This section describes how to set the transmit rate transmit clock line code framing and test pattern for a tributary signal Steps for Setting Parameters The sequence of steps for setting transmit parameters varies depending on the type of signal to be transmitted Figure 3 33 shows the sequence of steps required to set the transmit parameters for a tributary signal for example DS3 Set Set Set Transmit Set Set Test _ gt _ gt _ gt Rate Clock Line Code Framing Pattem Figure 3 33 Sequence for Setting Tributary Signal Parameters CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 89 Setting Tributary SignalPDH Transmit Parameters Setting the Transmit Rate To set the transmit rate Press Menu zE Menu Highlight Button Parameter TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Rate ETTINGS see Figure 3 34 m Select DS1 or DS3 to transmit a tributary rate signal NOTE The CTS 710 can transmit only one signal rate at a time The CTS 710 can transmit either a SONET signal or a tributary signal but not both at the same time Independent Transmit and Receive Settings Generally you can set the transmit and receive settings independent ly For example you can receive an electrical signal at the STS 1 rate while simultaneously transmitting an optical signal at the DS1 rate However when working with tributary and DSn signals the transmit and receive parameters are not completely independent Y
118. Source Node ID APS COM MANDS 3 167 Span APS COMMANDS 3 161 standard accessories 1 2 START STOP button 3 27 3 49 Status APS COMMANDS 3 170 status lights 2 4 2 5 3 58 3 62 status messages B 1 Stop Bits PRINTER SETUP 3 205 REMOTE CONTROL 3 209 Stress 4 6ppm Frequency Offset 3 150 Stress 4 6ppm Frequency Offset 3 150 STS LOP Failure set to 3 138 STS Under Test RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 104 TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 70 Index 11 Index STS 1 Signal Structure RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 104 STS 3c Signal Structure RE CEIVE SETTINGS 3 104 symbols icons in display 2 8 T TEST BEGIN dialog box 3 50 Test Duration SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 38 3 47 TEST TIME 3 23 test duration limits 3 26 Test Pattern RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 125 TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 75 3 96 test results displaying 3 173 TEST SETUPS button 2 11 test state indicator 2 7 TEST XX Name SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 44 tests actions not allowed during 3 28 changes not allowed during 3 28 setting history resolution 3 27 setting test duration 3 23 3 25 starting and stopping 3 27 3 30 3 in 24 Test Pattern 3 75 3 96 3 x STS 1 Signal Structure TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 70 Through Mode Transmit Rate 3 67 time setting 3 202 To Disk BMP Format 3 204 To Disk EPS Format 3 204 To Disk Heaf Format 3 204 Transmit alarm set to ERRORS amp ALARMS 3 135 Index 12 TRANSMIT button 2 11 Transmit Clock TRAN
119. T Description SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 45 SAVE RESULTS 3 193 Operator End Prompt 3 48 Operator Start Prompt 3 46 EDIT TRACE J1 byte 3 83 Edit XX bits Test Pattern 3 97 editing binary numbers 2 20 bytes 2 20 decimal numbers 2 17 text 2 21 2 22 electrical connections 2 13 Enter Edit Mode 2 22 entering text 2 22 ERROR status light 3 60 Error Count Fail If condition 3 41 error messages B 3 error rate 3 133 maximum 3 133 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Index Error Ratio Fail If condition 3 39 Error type set to ERRORS amp ALARMS 3 132 Errored Seconds Fail If condition 3 42 Errors MAIN RESULTS 3 175 3 177 example disk contents F 1 EXER APS COMMANDS 3 164 EXER R APS COMMANDS 3 163 EXER S APS COMMANDS 3 163 EXIT Help dialog box 2 13 PRINT CONTROL dialog box 3 197 3 198 External Add PATH OVERHEAD 3 86 TRANSPORT OVERHEAD 3 85 External BITS Transmit Clock 3 93 External Drop PATH OVERHEAD 3 119 TRANSPORT OVERHEAD 3 117 External DSn Transmit Clock 3 93 external monitor connector G 1 F Fl External Add 3 85 External Drop 3 118 F2 External Add 3 86 External Drop 3 119 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Fail If conditions Pass Fail Test 3 38 Failure Fail If condition 3 39 Failure set to ERRORS amp ALARMS 3 138 Failures MAIN RESULTS 3 175 3 177 FERF APS COMMANDS 3 170 15 min Test Duration
120. T AIS VT FERF DSn Yellow DSnNAIS Mapping DS3 None Line AIS Line FERF Path AIS Path FERF Mapping DS3 amp Payload DS3 C bit or DS3 M13 None Line AIS Line FERF Pah AS Path FERF DSn Yalow DSnAIS DSn Ide CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps MENUs e O ERRORS amp ALARMS Page 4 of 4 SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE EnorTypesetto CJ Error Rate setto RESULTS UTILITY Transmit Alarmset to E Transmit Failure set to Mapping Mapping Mapping DS3 No Mapping VT1 5 Async r None None LOS LOS LOS LOF LOF LOF STS LOP STS LOP STS LOP VT LOP VT LOM CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual AS Menu Maps MENUS _ TEST SETUPS A 10 POINTERS amp TIMING Page 1 of 3 Pointer Timing Mode Offset Mode Frequency Offset Pointer Type Sequence Type Pointer Control Pointer Value Set to Set with New Data Flag Pointer Rate Pointer Direction Burst Size Initialization Tine Cool Down Tine Pointer Moverrert Frequency Offset Pointer Sequences Pointer Timing Mode Frequency Offset Line Payload Pointer Timing Mode Frequency Offset Max 100ppm Stress 4 6ppm Stress 4 6ppM Default Oppm USER DEFINED STS Pointer VT Pointer CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps MENUS _ TEST SETUPS MIT RECEI lt E POINTERS amp TIMING Page 2
121. T Alam s DS3 Alam s DS1Alams Section B1 Error Counts Section B1 Errored Secs Line B2 Error Counts Line B2 Errored Secs Line FEBE Error Counts Path B3 Error Counts Path B3 Errored Secs Path FEBE Error Courts Patten Error Counts Pattem Errored Secs VT BIP2 Error Counts VT BIP2 Errored Secs VT FEBE Error Court VT FEBE Errored Secs STS Pointer J ustification STS Pointer Value VT Pointer J ustification VTL5 Pointer Value CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual History Resolution Low 15 min 15 rrins bar 60 mins bar 4 hrs bar 12 hrs bar Receive Rate DS1 DS3 DS1 DS3 Alanrs amp Failures Pattem Error Courts Pattem Errored Secs Frane Error Counts Frarre Error Seconds CRC Error Courts CRC Error Seconds _ Cancel Select Graph Cancel Select Graph Menu Maps TE SAVE RESULTS Page TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Narre RESLT XX CJ Description Clear RESULTS UTILITY Save To Disk EDIT NAME None Clear EDIT TEX Save Currert Save Previous m MENUS am RECALL RESULTS Page SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Merrory CJ U arm LJ F Recall RESULTS UTILITY Previous Resut Disk Choices depend on disk content Recall Result Delete File Eoo MENUS GET MISC SETTINGS Page SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Display Brightness Low CJ LD s r Medium RESULTS umuy CUTent Date High Curert Tire On Off SET DATE SET T
122. T STOP button turns on and the status line displays the message Running NOTE Pressing START STOP while a test is running stops the test immediately even if the test time has not expired While a test is running the status line shows the elapsed time since the test began If a limited test duration has been set any setting other than Continuous a bar graph indicates the current percentage of test completion Figure 3 10 shows the locations of the elapsed time indicator and bar graph CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 27 Setting Test Control Parameters Bar Graph shows Elapsed Tirre percent of test complete since test started Tek Running Od Oh 5m_ 28s sTs 3 RESULTS E 5T5 3 Results Source Current Results Results Rate STS 3 Results Mapping Equipped Test Started 20 43 00 16 Jul 95 Elapsed Time Od Oh 5m TROUBLE SCAN Worst Error Rate 4 20e 7 Path B3 Errors 6904 MAIN ERROR HISTORY SAVE RECALL RESULTS ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 3 10 Elapsed Time and Bar Graph Indicators Making Changes While Running a Test If you change instrument receive settings while a test is running the test is restarted Error counts are cleared and the test begins again using the new settings You can change transmitter settings while a test is running without restarting the test Actions You Cannot Perform While Running a Test There are actions you cannot perform while a test is running s
123. TINGS amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS Figure 3 31 Adding Data into the DCC To add external data into the User Channel 1 Connect an external protocol analyzer to the CTS 710 using the Overhead Add Drop Port on the rear panel of the CTS 710 2 To configure the CTS 710 to add the external data byte Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT PATH External Add None OVERHEAD F2 m Select None if you do not want to add external data m Select F2 to add data generated by an external protocol analyzer to the User Channel As soon as you select F2 the CTS 710 displays the words EXT ADD as the value for F2 see Figure 3 32 3 86 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 I TRANSMIT STS 1 CHE Transmitting ST5 1 with STS 1 1 under test Overhead View STS Path Overhead External Add wu F2 User Byte D1 D3 one Path Overhead Path Trace Message USER D4 D12 Ok kk Ke 00000010 De ko a ok ae EXT ADD F1 ek kk Ke 00000000 00000000 i 00000000 F2 TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORT SETTINGS amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD Figure 3 32 Adding Data into the User Channel CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 87 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters 3 88 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual hee AED Setting Tributary
124. TIOS SECONDS Errors Section B1 BIP 0 0 00 0 Line B2 BIP 0 0 00 0 l Path B3 BIP 6904 3 53e 7 14 Failures Pattern Bit 0 0 00 0 Alarms Line FEBE 0 0 00 0 Pointers Path FEBE 0 0 00 0 TEST ERROR HISTORY SAVE RECALL SUMMARY ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 2 32 The MAIN RESULTS Page of the RESULTS Menu This completes the tutorial For detailed information on CTS 710 capabilities refer to Reference starting on page 3 1 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 45 Tutorial 2 46 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual ay ae Reference SS EEE Basic Test Procedures This section gives examples of how to set up and use the CTS 710 SONET Test Set for several common telecommunication network applications m Network continuity checking m Transmission signal quality testing m Fault tolerance testing m Performance monitoring Setting Up the CTS 710 This section presents setup instructions for the CTS 710 in tables Perform the steps reading from left to right in the table see example below The word none in a cell indicates that no action is required Menu buttons are located on the instrument front panel Select menu pages with the buttons below the display Use the knob to highlight a parameter then use the buttons at the right to select a choice Many setups require several iterations of highlighting parameters and selecting choices Some setups may require more than one menu button or menu page se
125. TROL Page of the UTILITY Menu CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 31 Tutorial Where Test Results Are Displayed Once you have set the transmit and receive parameters and the test time you can begin the test However before starting the test look at the RESULTS menu where the results of the test appear To display the RESULTS menu Press Menu Button RESULTS The TEST SUMMARY page contains a summary of the current or most recent test see Figure 2 23 Just below the menu name is information about the current or most recent test If the test detected no alarms or errors the CTS 710 displays the message No Alarms No Errors Tek Measurements Stopped STS 3 RESULTS STS 3 Results Source Current Results Results Rate STS 3 Results Mapping Equipped Test Started 20 40 00 16 Jul 95 Elapsed Time Od Oh Om TROUBLE SCAN No Alarms No Errors MAIN ERROR HISTORY SAVE RECALL RESULTS ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 2 23 The TEST SUMMARY Page of the RESULTS Menu 2 32 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tutorial The RESULTS menu contains four pages on which results are displayed TEST SUMMARY MAIN RESULTS ERROR ANALYSIS and HISTORY GRAPHS Select MAIN RESULTS to see one way test results are displayed see Figure 2 24 Tek Measurements Stopped gt ST5 3 RESULTS 5T5 3 Errors ERROR ERROR ERRORED COUNTS RATIOS SECONDS Errors Section B1 BIP 0 0 00 0 Line B2 BIP 0
126. TS 710 generates the pointer sequences described in the ANSI T1 105 03 1994 standard The CTS 710 also supports the sequences described in the ITU T G 783 standard An example of a pointer sequence is shown in Figure 3 53 The details of these sequences are shown in Table 3 13 Note that not all pointer sequences are available all the time Some sequences are available only with one pointer type or with a specific mapping as shown in Table 3 14 3 152 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Pointers and Changing Timing 87 3 Pattern No Pointer Start of Next Adjustment 87 3 Pattem Pointer Adjustrrent ad 87 3 n AN i 1 A r gt Figure 3 53 An Example of a Pointer Sequence Table 3 13 Pointer Sequences Generated Pointer Sequence Description Single Tine between pointer adjustrrents is 30 s Burst Tine between bursts of 3 pointers for STS pointers is 0 5 ms and for VT pointers is 2 mrs Tine between pointer bursts is 30 s Phase Transient Tine between pointer nroverent burst of seven pointers is 0 25 s Periodic Continuous Periodic 0 25s 0 5s 0 5s 05s 05s Tine between pointer bursts is 30 s Tine between STS pointers has a range of 0 034 s to 10s with a resolution of 1 ms Tine between STS pointers has a range of 0 034 s to 10s with a Continuous with resolution of 1 ms Cancel Tine between cancelled pointers is equal to ine between pointer mroverrerts x N
127. Transmit Level High XConnect m Select High to set the line level to high m Select XConnect to set the line level to the cross connect level Setting the Signal Structure If you are transmitting an STS 3 OC 3 or OC 12 signal you can specify whether the signal consists of STS 1 payloads or STS 3c payloads CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 69 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters To specify the structure of an STS 3 OC 3 or OC 12 signal Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter TRANSMIT Signal Structure SETTINGS m Select 3 x STS 1 to set the structure of an STS 3 or OC 3 signal to three STS 1 payloads m Select 1 x STS 3c to set the structure of an STS 3 or OC 3 signal to one STS 3c payload m Select 12 x STS 1 to set the structure of an OC 12 signal to 12 STS 1 payloads m Select 4x STS 3c to set the structure of an OC 12 signal to four STS 3c payloads Specifying the STS to Test If you are using a line rate other than the basic level rates STS 1 or OC 1 you must designate which STS to test To designate which STS to test Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT STS Under Test as appropriate SETTINGS 3 70 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Setting the Payload Mapping To set the payload mapping Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Mapping Bulk Fill SETTINGS No Mapping Equipped Bul
128. User Manual Tektronix 7 CTS 710 SONET Test Set 070 8852 03 This document applies to firmware version 1 3 and above CE Copyright Tektronix Inc 1994 All rights reserved Tektronix products are covered by U S and foreign patents issued and pending Information in this publication supercedes that in all previously published material Specifications and price change privileges reserved Tektronix Inc P O Box 500 Beaverton OR 97077 TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix Inc WARRANTY Tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three 3 years from the date of shipment If any such product proves defective during this warranty period Tektronix at its option either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product In order to obtain service under this warranty Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service Customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix with shipping charges prepaid Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the Tektronix service center is located Customer shall be re
129. al When working with tributary signals you must set the mapping for transmit and receive to the same value or to No Mapping For example you can transmit a VT1 5 signal and receive an OC 12 signal but you must set the mapping of the received signal to either No Mapping or VT1 5 it cannot be set to DS3 Coupling Receive and Transmit Settings If your application requires that the receive settings and transmit settings be identical you can save time by coupling them together After they are coupled any change you make to a parameter on the RECEIVE SETTINGS page will also be made to the corresponding setting in the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page of the RECEIVE menu The inverse is also true To couple the receive and transmit settings together from the RECEIVE SETTINGS page Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE TYRx Settings Coupled SETTINGS NOTE When settings are coupled from the RECEIVE SETTINGS page the transmit parameters are changed to match the receive parameters Conversely when settings are coupled from the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page the receive parameters are changed to match the transmit parameters CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 123 Setting TributaryPDH Receive Parameters To change receive and transmit settings so that they are no longer coupled Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE TyYRx Settings Independent
130. ally one at a time or you can have errors inserted automatically at a rate you specify To insert a single error press the INSERT ERROR button To have the CTS 710 insert errors automatically 1 Turn on automatic error insertion as follows Select Choice le 3 le 4 1le 5 le 6 le 7 le 8 USER DEFINED m Select None to turn off automatic error insertion However you can still insert errors manually using the front panel INSERT ERROR button m The maximum allowable error rate depends on the transmit rate signal structure and error type see Tables 3 11 and 3 12 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 133 Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors Table 3 11 Maximum Error Rates for SONET Signals Error Type 3134 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors NOTE The CTS 710 can measure all the error rates it can transmit except for DS3 Parity where the maximum measured error rate is Se 5 2 Select USER DEFINED to specify an error rate different from the preset choices The CTS 710 enters edit mode Figure 3 47 m Ifthe knob is assigned to Coarse it changes the exponent m Ifthe knob is assigned to Fine it changes the decimal number 3 Select DONE to enter the error rate you have specified Tek Measurements Stopped Qn STS 1 Error Type set to Section B1 BIP Error Rate set to BORGE eo Transmit Alarm set to No
131. arameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE Test Pattem as appropriate SETTINGS NOTE The choices available for Test Pattern depend on the selected Receive Rate CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 125 Setting TributaryPDH Receive Parameters m Select 1 in 8 to set the test pattern to 1000 0000 m Select User Word 8 bit User Word 16 bit or User Word 24 bit to set a test pattern different from the preset choices If you choose User Word the test pattern description changes to User Defined Byte m Select Unknown when you do not know what test pattern is being transmitted or when the test pattern is not stable If you select User Word for the test pattern set the value of the User Word as follows 1 Select the line containing the byte to set the value of the User Defined Byte 2 Define the contents of the User Defined Byte as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Default 10101010 m Select Set to 00000000 to set the test pattern to all zeros m Select Set to 11111111 to set the test pattern to all ones m Select Default 10101010 to set the test pattern to alternating ones and zeros 3 Select EDIT BYTE to specify a value different from the preset choices 4 Select DONE when you are finished editing the byte 3 126 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting TributaryPDH Receive Parameters Demultiplexing a DS1 froma Signal To demultiplex a DS1 signal from a DS3 signal 1 After setting
132. ath FEBE Frarre Bit VT BIP VT FEBE Pattem Bit Mapping VT1 5 Async amp Payload DS1 ESF None Section B1 Line B2 Path B3 Path FEBE Frane Bit VT BIP VT FEBE Pattem Bit CRC ESF Mapping DS3 None Section B1 Line B2 Path B3 Path FEBE Pattem Bit Mapping DS3 amp Payload DS3 C bit None Section B1 Line B2 Path B3 Path FEBE Frarre Bit Pattem Bit CBit Mapping DS3 amp Payload DS3 M13 None Section B1 Line B2 Path B3 Path FEBE Frarre Bit Pattem Bit P Bit CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps aes EPRORS Se Page EA TRANSMIT RECEIVE Error Type set to C Error Rate set to RESULTS UTILITY Transmit Alarmset to Transnit Failure set to CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual USER DEFINED Menu Maps m MENUs TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Em RESULTS UTILITY Oo CO ERRORS amp ALARMS Page 3 of 4 Error Type set to Error Rate set to Transit Alarmset to Mapoping Transmit Failure set to No Mapping None Line AIS Line FERF Path AIS Path FERF Mapping VT1 5 Async amp Payload DS1 Ext Add None Line AIS Line FERF Path AIS Path FERF VT AIS VT FERF Mapping VT1 5 Async amp Payload DS1 Unframed None Line AIS Line FERF Path AIS Path FERF VTAIS VT FERF DSnNAIS Mapping VT1 5 Async amp Payload DS1 SF D4 or DS1 ESF None Line AIS Line FERF Path AIS Path FERF V
133. ceive Rate 00 0 0 nn Independent Receive and Transmit Settings Coupling Receive and Transmit Settings Setting the Receive Level 0 000 Setting the Signal Structure 0 000 Specifying Which STS to Test 000 Setting the Mapping 0 0 00 00 0000 00 Demultiplexing a DS1 from a DS3 Mapped in a SONET Signal Add Drop Test Option Only 004 3 107 Demapping a Tributary Signal Add Drop Test Option Only 3 110 Dropping a Tributary Signal 000 Setting the Test Pattern 0 eee eee eee Unequipped Payload Mapping Checking Received Optical Power or Received Peak Voltage 3 111 3 114 3 114 iv CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Table of Contents Viewing Overhead Bytes 0 0 0 2 ee eee ee 3 115 Viewing Transport Overhead Bytes 3 115 Viewing Path Overhead Bytes 0 0 3 116 Displaying the J1 Path Trace Message 3 116 Displaying the V5 Byte 0 0 0 000005 3 117 Dropping DCC and User Channel Overhead Bytes 3 117 Controlling the Display Update 0 3 120 Setting Tributary Receive Parameters 3 121 Steps for Setting Parameters 000 3 121 Setting the Receive Rate 0
134. ch Not Used SD Signal Degrade Low SD Signal Degrade High SF Signal Fail Low SF Signal Fail High FS Forced Switch LP Lockout of Protection A 13 Menu Maps m MENUus TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE a RESULTS oO A 14 CJ UTILITY CJ APS COMMANDS Page 2 of 3 APS Mode K1 Ful Byte Bits 1 4 Bits 5 8 K2 Full Byte Bits 1 4 Bit 5 Bits 6 8 Transmit Setup 0000 4 0001 2 0010 8 0011 4 0100 5 0101 65 0110 7 0111 8 1000 1001 A0 1010 A1 1011 A2 1100 3 1101 A4 1110 5 1111 Setto 00000000 Setto 177771111 Default 10101010 EDIT BYTE CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps ee an APS COMMANDS Page 3 of 3 TEST SETUPS RANSMIT RECEIVE APS Mode TE ane Bits 1 4 Bits 5 8 K2 Ful Byte Bits 1 4 Bit 5 Bits 6 8 TransmitSetup CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 0000 A 0001 2 0010 8 0011 4 0100 5 0101 6 0110 7 0111 8 1000 1001 410 1010 A1 1011 A2 1100 43 1101 44 1110 45 1111 APS Mode Span APS Mede Ring 1 Short LN Long IDLE BR Bridged BR amp SW Bridged amp Switched Not Used Not Used Not Used FERF AIS Transmit User Setup Transmit Default Transmit Illegal A 15 Menu Maps TEST SETUPS i TRANSMIT RECEIVE Showing Overhead for Choices depend on CJ
135. ct EDIT TEXT to enter a description of the test results up to 24 characters long Select DONE when you are finished editing the description m Select None if you do not want to use a description m Select Clear to remove an existing description CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 193 Viewing Results 3 194 3 Save the test results to disk as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS SAVE RESULTS Save to Disk Save Current Save Previous At the bottom of the SAVE RESULTS page are two lines that identify the current and previous tests by start time date and by duration m Select Save Current to save the current most recent test results m Select Save Previous to save the previous test results Recalling Test Results from Disk To recall test results from disk 1 Insert the disk containing the test results into the disk drive 2 Select and recall the test results file as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter RECALL RESULTS see Figure 3 64 RESULTS select disk file Recall Result name NOTE The Disk action displays only files with the extensions HST and MST It does not display any other files on the disk To verify that the file has been recalled select the TEST SUMMARY page and look at the Results Source line at the top of CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results the page The Results Source line
136. ction continuous pattem continuous pattem with cancellation of one pointer continuous pattem with added pointer Positive or Negative Initialization Period On or Off Thirty second burst of 1 pointer per second in the sarre direction as the selected test Cool Down Period On or Off This will last at least GO seconds Measurements B1 B2 B3 Payload Line FEBE Path FEBE Error Count Error Rate and Errored Seconds for Alarmand Failure Seconds for LOS OOF LOF SPE LOP Line AIS amp FERF Path AIS amp FERF Loss of Power Loss of Pattem Sync STS SPE Pointer Measurements Seconds Count LOP Illegal pointers Illegal pointers Positive justifications NDF Negative justifications T1M1 3 Analysis Section B1 Error Blocks ES SES UAS Seconds and ratio Background Block Errors Line B2 amp FEBE Error Court ES ES A ES B SES UAS EFS Seconds and of total tine FEBE Count FEBE ES FEBE UAS FEBE EFS Path B3 amp FEBE Seconds and of total tine Error Court ES ES A ES B SES UAS EFS FEBE Count FEBE ES FEBE UAS FEBE EFS CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix D Specifications Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Cont Characteristic Pattem Bit Seconds and of total tine LEDs Status Indicators Histogrars Error Count Bit Error Rate and Errored Seconds Alams amp Failures On Off Pointers Measurerrent Utilities Meas
137. ction Data Communication Channel Extemal Add is enabled K1 K2 LAIS SET Line AIS is being simulated FERF SET Line FERF is being simulated D4 D5 D6 D7 EXT ADD Line Data Conmhnication Chan D8 DY D10 DU nel Extemal Add is enabled D12 S1 Line FEBE is being simulated G1 Path FERF is being sinulated Path FEBE is being sinulated Path AIS is being sinulated Editing the J1 Path Trace Byte The J1 Path Trace Byte carries a fixed length 64 byte string intended for sending user messages The Path Trace Byte is a string 3 82 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters consisting of ASCII characters rather than the ones and zeros used to edit the other overhead bytes To edit the J1 Path Trace Byte 1 Display the Path Trace Byte as follows Press Menu Button Select Choice TRANSMIT Reset Overhead Null Trace Default Trace User Trace EDIT TRACE The text string USER is shown in place of the actual byte value There are five ways you can change the Path Trace message m Select Reset Overhead to set all bytes in the path overhead to their default values NOTE Reset Overhead does not remove simulated error conditions that have been set using controls in the ERRORS amp ALARMS page m Select Null Trace to set all the J1 bytes in the string to the null character m Select Default Trace to set the J1 byte string to the default string Tektronix CTS 710 SONET Test Set
138. d code in byte C2 The received payload is ignored except for parity checks Checking Received Optical Power or Received Peak Voltage To check the optical power or the peak voltage of the received SONET signal Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice mae soas ree rane NOTE The CTS 710 may take several seconds to respond when a signal is connected to the input If Receive Rate on the RECEIVE SETTINGS page is set to an optical rate the SIGNAL STATUS page displays the received optical power If Receive Rate is set to an electrical rate the SIGNAL STATUS page displays the received peak voltage The optical power of the received signal is displayed in dBm see Figure 3 40 The peak voltage of the received signal is displayed in volts The SIGNAL STATUS page does not display results for tributary signals 3 114 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters Tek Measurements Stopped eee RECEIVE Joc 1 Expected Receive Rate oc 1 Received Optical Power 7 27dBm RECEIVE TRANSPORT PATH SETTINGS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 40 Displaying Received Optical Power Viewing Overhead Bytes This section describes how to use the TRANSPORT OVERHEAD and PATH OVERHEAD pages to view overhead bytes The display updates about once per second to track changes in the overhead At any time you can pause the updating process to analyze the bytes Viewing Transpor
139. d editing Disk drive operation CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 21 Functional Overview Front Pane Controls Indicators and Connectors Figures 2 1 and 2 2 identify the controls indicators and connectors located on the front panel of the CTS 710 SONET Test Set These buttons assign the displayed choice to the selected paranreter or execute the selected action Tektronix CTS 710 SONET Tex Set ON STBY Switch the principal cee ooog the rear panel 7 reso bire select the pages of the current menu Figure 2 1 Controls Located Around the Display 22 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview Each of these buttons Disk Drive performa specific function i Fag s INSERT POINTER The knob is o a INSERT POINTER prirrerily used re DS1 to highlight gt connectors Pararreters eats optional within pages O Los O SIGNAL PRESENT O LOF O PATTERN LOCK Status Lights TEST s CJI oee These buttons O UNEAIS O DS1 DS3 AIS TRANSMIT RECEIVE O LINE FERF O DS1 DS3 YELLOW DS3 select one of gt O PATHAIS O ERROR the five O PATH FERF O POINTER ADJ Connectors RESULTS UTILITY O vrais LEAR HISTORY i rrenus O vr FERE optional Clear History Optical Eledrical Optical Connector Connectors Connector Figure 2 2 Front Panel Controls Indicators and Connectors CTS 710 SONET Test Set Use
140. e HIS history of test results Measurement Resuits 1 The CTS 710 creates two files with extensions RES and HIS when you save test results The CTS 710 displays only file names with the extensions shown in Table 2 2 Disk files with any other extensions do not appear in file name displays Reading Files on Disk You can display disk file names in three places the RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS page and the RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS page of the TEST SETUPS menu and the RECALL RESULTS page of the RESULTS menu To view instrument setups files on a disk 1 Insert the disk into the disk drive 2 Press the TEST SETUPS front panel button to display the TEST SETUPS menu 3 Select the RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS page 4 Select Disk to display the instrument setups on disk To view pass fail files on a disk 1 Insert the disk into the disk drive CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview 2 Press the TEST SETUPS front panel button to display the TEST SETUPS menu 3 Select the RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS page 4 Select Disk to display the pass fail tests on disk To view test results files on a disk 1 Insert the disk into the disk drive 2 Press the RESULTS front panel button to display the RESULTS menu 3 Select the RECALL RESULTS page 4 Select Disk to display the test results files on disk NOTE Disk operations may take several seconds if there are many files on the disk The light on t
141. e control over settings for example the pages of the RESULTS menu display various test results Selecting Menus To display a menu press the button on the front panel with the same name see Figure 2 9 MENUS TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE LJ CJ RESULTS UTILITY Figure 2 9 Menu Select Buttons Selecting Pages To select a page within a menu press the button beneath the page tab located at the bottom of the display see Figure 2 10 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 11 Functional Overview Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 RECEIVE STs 1 CHOICES Receive Rate E Receive Level Cress Connect al Signal Structure STS 1 STS Under Test ae Mapping Bulk Fill Equipped Test Pattern PRBS 2423 1 Tx Rx Settings Independent STATUS SIGNAL Jes PATH OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 2 10 How to Display a Page Displaying Help To display help press the HELP front panel button When the HELP dialog box appears use the knob to select the topic you wish to view see Figure 2 11 After you select the topic to view select View Help to see the help screen 2 12 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview Tek Measurements Stopped gt ST5 1 eer amp STS 1 View Help Use the knob to select the type of Help required then press View Help Press EXIT to leave Help i Change Running A
142. e icons at the upper right corner of the display have an arrow linking them together and the parameters on the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page are replaced by a message stating that the CTS 710 is in Through Mode see Figure 3 25 To take the CTS 710 out of Through Mode Press Menu Button Select Choice TRANSMIT Independent Coupled CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 67 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Tek Measurements Stopped GE Independ ent The test set is in Through Mode The transmitted signal is identical to the received Coupled signal Transmitter changes will have no effect in this mode Through Mode TX RX Settings sssr Through Mode ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORT PATH amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 25 CTS 710 in Through Mode Setting the Transmit Clock To specify the transmit clock Highlight Parameter Transmit Clock m Select Internal to set the transmit clock to the internal clock m Select Recovered to use the clock recovered from an incoming signal 3 68 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters m Select BITS to use the clock signal from an external BITS reference Attach the external BITS reference to the BITS connector on the rear panel Setting the Transmit Level To specify the transmit level for electrical signals Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT
143. e is a line that identifies the position of the cursor Cursor position is identified by time and date Measurement Results at Cursor Position To the right of the graph name is a box that displays the value of the measurement at the cursor location the box is not displayed for history graphs of alarms or failures If the displayed graph represents errored seconds the measurement results box displays the number of errored seconds that occurred during the interval indicated If the displayed graph represents an error count the measurement results box displays the number of errors counted during the indicated interval and the resulting bit error rate BER CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 187 Viewing Results Graph nane Cursor position Tek Measurements S opped STS 1 STS 1 Minimum Res 1 min Cursor at 07 45 on 16 Mar 95 ACTIONS Section B1 Error Counts Count 0 BER 0 00 Zoom In 107 46 Py 10 40 ar 104 17 _ _ Histoy 1934 o Zoom Out Resolution 491 45 00 Nests 12 00 16 00 STS Pointer Value EE E results at Change Cursor position Top EN Cross hatch r E SES a Bottom 08 00 16 00 means the test TEST MAIN ERROR SAVE RECALL was not running SUMMARY RESULTS ANALYSIS RESULTS RESULTS ing this tire Figure 3 61 Elements of a History Graph Zooming History Graphs 3 188 History graphs display measurement history in intervals Each interval is represented by a bar
144. ear to remove any previously entered prompt text m Select Preview to see how the prompt text you have entered appears in the pass fail test dialog box Select Exit to remove the preview m Select EDIT TEXT to enter an operator end prompt up to 72 characters long The prompt appears on the display as three lines of 24 characters Select DONE when you are finished editing the prompt 348 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups 11 Specify the action to be taken when the test completes as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS SAVE PASS FAIL On Test Do Nothing TESTS Completion Print Sunnery Save to Disk m Select Do Nothing if you do not want any action taken at test completion m Select Print Summary to print the test results when the test completes m Select Save to Disk to create a disk file of the test results when the test completes 12 Save the pass fail test to disk as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS SAVE PASS FAIL Save to Disk Save File TESTS Running a Pass Fail Test To run a pass fail test 1 Insert the disk containing the pass fail test into the disk drive CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 49 Working with Test Setups 2 Select the pass fail test to run as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS RECALL Disk PASS
145. easure of quality of a digital transmission system BER is defined as Number of Errors Total Number of Bits BER BER is usually expressed as a negative exponent For example a BER of 10 7 means that 1 bit out of 107 bits is in error BIP An acronym for Bit Interleaved Parity A method used to monitor errors in the transmitted signal Bit Error An incorrect bit Also known as a coding violation BITS An acronym for Building Integrated Timing Supply COFA An acronym for Change of Frame Alignment CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Glossary 1 Glossary CV An acronym for Coding Violation dB The symbol for decibels dBm The symbol for power level in decibels relative to 1 mW DM An acronym for Degraded Minute A minute with a BER greater than 10 DSn An acronym for Digital Signal n DS1 DS2 DS3 and DS4 DSI is the basic multiplex rate in North America additional rates are DS2 DS3 and DS4 The following table lists the DSn rates and their multiple of DS1 Digital Signal Transmission Rates Level Multiple of DS1 DS1 1 DS1c 2 DS2 4 DS3 24 EFS An acronym for Error Free Seconds ES An acronym for Errored Second A second with at least one error Glossary 2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Glossary FEBE An acronym for Far End Block Error An indication returned to the transmitting LTE that an errored block has been detected at the receiving LTE FERF An acronym for Fa
146. ee Table 3 3 You cannot recall instrument settings pass fail tests or results and you cannot save results while a test is running If you try to perform a recall while a test is running you are warned that a recall is not allowed while a test is running 3 28 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Test Control Parameters Table 3 3 Actions You Cannot Perform While a Test is Running Action TEST SETUPS RECALL INSTRUMENT Recall an instrurrent setup SETUPS RECALL PASS FAIL Recall a pass fail test TESTS RESULTS RECALL RESULTS Recall previous results SAVE RESULTS Save current results to disk UMILITY SELF TEST Execute self test or diag nostics AUTOSCAN Autoscan the received signal CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 29 Setting Test Control Parameters 3 30 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual BEER T Working with Test Setups This section describes how to save instrument setups to disk recall instrument setups create pass fail tests and run a pass fail test Instrument setups are files stored in memory or on disk that completely describe how the CTS 710 is set up You can use this feature to ensure that every time a test is run using an instrument setup that the CTS 710 is configured the same way thus ensuring consistent results The disk file is an ASCII format file that consists of SCPI commands The disk file can be edited with any ASCII file editor Pass fail tests are te
147. ee colors are used to indicate signal state green red and yellow see Figure 3 21 3 58 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Checking Signal Status Yellow history lights Green lights indicate an event has indicate the occurred condition is true lt V status 5 one SIGNAL PRESENT O PATTERN LOCK O O LINE AIS CO DS1 DS3 AIS O LINE FERF O DS1 DS3 YELLOW O PATH AIS O ERROR O PATH FERF POINTER ADJ CANTAS y HISTORY O VT FERF aI Red lights indicate an Clear History event is occurring now button clears history of events Figure 3 21 Front Panel Status Lights with Add Drop Test Option Installed m Green lights indicate the condition is true See Table 3 5 Table 3 5 Green Status Lights Meaning if Light is On SIGNAL PRESENT A signal at the line rate specified by the Receive Rate paranreter is present PATTERN LOCK Lock to a PRBS or fixed pattem has been achieved CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 59 Checking Signal Status m Red lights indicate the associated condition is valid For example if the red light next to LOS is on no signal is being received See Table 3 6 A yellow light is associated with each red light The yellow lights are turned on when an error alarm or failure condition first occurs and then stay on to indicate the history even if the condition goes away see Table 3 6 Press the CLEAR HISTORY button to clear the status history Table
148. eees 2 9 Figure 2 8 Menus and Pages eeceeeeceees 2 10 Figure 2 9 Menu Select Buttons 0 ees 2 11 Figure 2 10 How to Display a Page 6 2 12 Figure 2 11 Help Dialog Box eee eee 2 13 Figure 2 12 Selecting a Parameter 0685 2 16 Figure 2 13 Selecting Choices From a List 2 17 Figure 2 14 Selecting USER DEFINED 2 18 Figure 2 15 Entering a Numeric Value 2 19 Figure 2 16 Selecting a Byte for Editing 2 20 Figure 2 17 Editing a Byte cc cee eee ee eee 2 21 Figure 2 18 Selecting a Text String for Editing 2 22 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual ix Table of Contents Figure 2 19 Editing a Text String 2 23 Figure 2 20 Setup for the Tutorial 2 28 Figure 2 21 The TRANSMIT SETTINGS Page of the TRANSMIT Menu 0 cece cece SSR SAREEN 2 29 Figure 2 22 The TEST TIME Page of the UTILITY Menu 2 31 Figure 2 23 The TEST SUMMARY Page of the RESULTS Memi 144 Scacavresd raath rana EEE ere ae 2 32 Figure 2 24 The MAIN RESULTS Page of the RESULTS MENU iss SEES sista S seeded stewie Bohs wate Heaton 2 33 Figure 2 25 The Message Line and Test Status Indicator 2 34 Figure 2 26 The ERRORS amp ALARMS Page of the TRANSMIT Menu ccc cece cc cccccccces 2 35 Figure 2 27 The POINTERS amp TIMING Page of the TRANSMIT
149. een pointer anomelies Indicates the tine remaining until the next anomely occurs Tine Between Ptr Adj Tine Until Next Pir Aci Indicates the tine between pointer adjustrrents Indicates the tine remaining until the next pointer adjustment occurs This information is displayed depending on sequence type Not all information is displayed When this information is displayed Time Between Anomalies is displayed with Time Until Next Anomaly and Time Between Prt Adj is displayed with Time Until Next Ptr Adj 3 160 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual ay ae ee Sass Testing Automatic Protection Switching This section describes how to generate Automatic Protection Switching APS commands and view the network response APS commands are located in the K1 and K2 bytes of the transport overhead The K1 byte indicates a request for switch action The K2 byte provides additional information about network architecture and alarm conditions Setting the APS Mode The APS mode specifies whether the network is a ring network or a span network The APS mode determines how the K1 and K2 bytes are interpreted and displayed by the CTS 710 To specify the APS mode Press Menu Button Select Choice TRANSMIT Span see Figure 3 55 Ring CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 161 Testing Automatic Protection Switching Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 I TRANSMIT STS 1 APS M de cessscssnsssseesnssesntes Span
150. ement to generate pointer movements To see the pointer value changing Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS MAIN RESULTS mme Pointers Now press POINTER ACTION again To adjust a pointer using frequency offset Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT POINTERS amp Pointer Timing Frequency Offset TIMING Mode After selecting Frequency Offset note that the available parameters change When in Frequency Offset mode the only parameters that can be set are Offset Mode and Frequency Offset To change the frequency offset of the signal aga Highlight Parameter CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tutorial If the preset choices do not match what you need use USER DEFINED to define an alternative To define a specific frequency offset Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter USER DEFINED When you select USER DEFINED the knob is assigned to adjust the frequency offset Two choices are available in this mode Coarse and Fine see Figure 2 28 Coarse adjusts the frequency offset by 10 ppm Fine adjusts the frequency offset by 0 1 ppm The larger the value for frequency offset the more often the pointer is adjusted Tek Running Kan Oh Im 525 fees I 16 amp 15T5 3 TRANSMIT Pointer Timing Mode Frequency Offset Offset Mode oe Offset Line SoarSE Frequency Offset wes 4 6opm O Fine DONE T
151. en setting a test time rather than making coarse or fine adjustments the knob is assigned to change days hours minutes or seconds The knob icon is displayed in solid form to indicate which function it is currently assigned to The knob icon is displayed in outline form next to other possible choices CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 19 Functional Overview Changing Binary Numbers There are two kinds of binary numbers that can be changed in the CTS 710 payload patterns and overhead bytes As with other numerical values you can select preset values or enter specific values by selecting Edit Byte To change a byte 1 Select the byte with the knob see Figure 2 16 2 Change the byte by selecting one of the preset choices at the right side of the display or to enter a different bit pattern select EDIT BYTE This places the CTS 710 into edit mode Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 TRANSMIT sTs 1 Transmitting STS 1 with STS 1 1 under test Reset Showing Overhead for STS 1 1 Overhead External Add esses None Saree Set to The highlighted 10101010 Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 byte can be at 11110110 42 00101000 1 00000001 quickly set to Bl x kK E1 00000000 FI 00000000 ee 111 these choices by D1 100000000 Dz 00000000 bs 00000000 A HI ae e ae ee de e k H2 oe ve ae de de de ke ae H3 ok oe ee ae de de pressing the BZ x oe ok K1 00000000 kz 00000000
152. ents Stopped Pointer Timing Mode Pointer Movements i r Single Pointer Type STS Pointer g Pointer Control Burst Set Value Fr Press POINTER ACTION for a single movement It will alternate between increment and decrement Continuous TRANSMIT ERRORS s APS TRANSPORT PATH SETTINGS amp ALARMS io COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 48 Manual Pointer Control Choices Single Pointer Movements With Single selected each press of the front panel POINTER ACTION button moves the pointer up or down 3 142 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Pointers and Changing Timing by one location The first press increments the pointer the second press decrements it the third press increments it and so forth Burst Pointer Movements With Burst selected pressing the front panel POINTER ACTION button starts a burst of pointer movement Each burst consists of a series of one location pointer movements that are spaced four frames apart Pressing POINTER ACTION repeatedly alternates between an incrementing burst and a decrementing burst see Figure 3 49 To set the number of pointer movements in the burst To start a burst of pointer movements press POINTER ACTION CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 143 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing First Press of POINTER Exanple ACTION Burst of Four Next Two Presses of POINTER Pointer ACTION f gues is d dye ae 500 Us
153. ern description changes to show the selected bit pattern Edit the bits of the word as needed m Select Unknown when you do not know what test pattern is being transmitted or when the test pattern is not stable CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 129 Setting TributaryPDH Receive Parameters 3 130 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual EEE Es Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors This section describes how to simulate error conditions set alarms and simulate network failures To test the response of a network you might need to simulate parity errors send alarm signals and simulate network failures This type of testing is simple and convenient using the CTS 710 SONET Test Set Simulating Error Conditions The specific errors the CTS 710 simulates depend on the transmit rate and payload mapping CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 131 Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors 3 132 Specifying the Error to Insert Specify the type of error transmitted as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter ERRORS amp Error type set to ALARMS Section B1 BIP Line B2 BIP Path B3 BIP Path FEBE CRC ESF Add Drop Test Option Only NOTE The errors available to insert depend on the Mapping and Payload settings Not all errors are available all the time CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors Inserting Errors You can choose to insert errors manu
154. ervicing the CTS 710 Information on servicing the CTS 710 is located in the CTS 710 SONET Test Set amp CTS 750 SDH Test Set Service Manual Tektronix part number 070 8853 XX G4 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix G Rear Panel Connectors Overhead Adid Drop Port You use the Overhead Add Drop port to add drop the section and line data communication channels DCC and the section and line user channels The DCC and user channel add drop functions are independent for example you can add a DCC while dropping a user channel Only one DCC or user channel can be added or dropped at a time The parameters for adding a DCC or a user channel are located on the TRANSPORT OVERHEAD and PATH OVERHEAD pages of the TRANSMIT menu The parameters for dropping a DCC or a user channel are located on the TRANSPORT OVERHEAD and PATH OVERHEAD pages of the RECEIVE menu The Overhead Add Drop port uses a gapped clock Figure G 4 shows how the pins are numbered on the Overhead Add Drop port Tables G 3 and G 4 summarize the different communication channels o0000000000000000 0 YC O000000000000000000 JSG Figure G4 The Overhead Add Drop Port Table G 3 Overhead Channels Added posed err Satine Line DCC D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 576 kbps D9 D10 D1 D12 Section User Channel i 64 kbps Path User Channel 1 The Line DCC signal has a 1 3 2 3 duty ratio CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual G5 Appendix G Rear Panel Co
155. essed If you select Continuous the CTS 710 accumulates measurements from the time you start the test until the time you stop the test CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 23 Setting Test Control Parameters Once the test duration is set any time a test is started it will run for the time specified on the Test Duration line NOTE If an instrument setup or pass fail test is recalled from memory or disk it overwrites the test duration specified on the TEST TIME page Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 TEST SETUPS STs 1 Test Duration History Resolution Normal 1 min samples ynin At 1 minute resolution the maximum history length 15min is 3 days Upon reaching the 3 day limit new data will begin overwriting the old data 1 hour Continuous USER DEFINED Figure 3 8 The Test Control Page Setting a Unique Test Time Duration To set a test duration time other than the three choices presented use the USER DEFINED choice 3 24 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Test Control Parameters To set a unique test duration Highlight Parameter Select Choice none USER DEFINED see Figure 3 9 m Select Day Hour Minute or Second as appropriate then use the knob to set the duration of the selected period Set each choice as necessary m Select DONE when finished setting the duration to enter the specified test duration Tek Measurements Stopped amp
156. est Group Self Test Routine Self Test Loop control View Results CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Displayed information depends on instrument Self Test SYS Int SYS Ext Protocol Bd Clock Bd O E Mod Tributary CPU Display Front Panel Disk All Page Up Page Down Menu Maps A 28 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Ee Appendix B Status and Error Messages This appendix describes the status and error messages that appear on the CTS 710 display Status messages are statements about actions the CTS 710 has completed Status messages appear during normal operation Error messages are statements about actions the CTS 710 was unable to complete Error messages appear when the CTS 710 is unable to perform a requested action Status Messages Autoscan complete The CTS 710 has successfully completed the Autoscan sequence Burst pointer movement transmitted The POINTER ACTION button was pressed with the Pointer Control set to Burst Disk root directory read The CTS 710 has successfully read the disk directory Factory settings restored non volatile settings cleared This message appears when the instrument is turned on after it was turned off during a state change The instrument settings were corrupted during the shutdown and so the factory default settings were loaded at turn on and all information stored in RAM was cleared File has been deleted The CTS 710 has successfully deleted the se
157. est Set 00000000 o00000000 All Signals are STS 1 Figure 3 4 Setup to Check Error and Alarm Response CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 39 Basic Test Procedures 2 To check the LTE response to a Section B1 error set up the upstream CTS 710 as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS RECALL DEFAULT Recall Setup INSTRUMENT FACTORY SETUPS SETTINGS TRANSMIT TRANSMIT STS 1 SETTINGS Coupled TRANSMIT ERRORS amp Section B1 BIP ALARMS 10E 5 RESULTS MAIN RESULTS Errors 3 10 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures 3 Set up the downstream CTS 710 as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS DEFAULT Recall Setup FACTORY SETTINGS RECEIVE RECEIVE Receive Rate STS 1 SETTINGS RESULTS MAIN RESULTS none Errors 4 Press the START STOP buttons on both the upstream and downstream CTS 710s so that the START STOP lights are on 5 Verify that Line FEBE errors are counted in the MAIN RESULTS display of the upstream CTS 710 6 Verify there are no errors counted in the MAIN RESULTS display of the downstream CTS 710 7 Press the START STOP buttons on both the upstream and downstream CTS 710s so that the START STOP lights are off 8 To check the LTE response to a LINE AIS alarm change the upstream CTS 710 as follows Transmit Alarm set to RESULTS MAIN
158. est Set User Manual Preface Using the CTS 710 Reference The Reference presents an overview of the CTS 710 menu structure front panel buttons examples of alarm responses and a glossary To store the Reference for easy viewing fold the card to display the desired page and slide the card behind the window located on the inside of the top flap of the pouch see Figure i Gnr Figure i Placing the Reference for Easy Viewing CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual xxiii Preface Contacting Tektronix Product Support Service Support For other information To write us xxiv For application oriented questions about a Tektronix measurement product call toll free in North America 1 800 TEK WIDE 1 800 835 9433 ext 2400 6 00 a m 5 00 p m Pacific time Or contact us by e mail tm_app_supp tek com For product support outside of North America contact your local Tektronix distributor or sales office Contact your local Tektronix distributor or sales office Or visit our web site for a listing of worldwide service locations http www tek com In North America 1 800 TEK WIDE 1 800 835 9433 An operator will direct your call Tektronix Inc P O Box 1000 Wilsonville OR 97070 1000 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual R Getting Started
159. et rate m Selecting Alternate causes pointer movements at the set rate but they alternate in incrementing and decrementing directions When using continuous pointer movement a message line in the display tells you the equivalent payload frequency offset in parts per million if the pointer direction is set to either increment or decrement see Figure 3 50 3 148 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Pointers and Changing Timing Tek Measurements Stopped gt ST5 1 TRANSMIT STs 1 CH Pointer Timing Mode Pointer Movements Max Pointer Type STS Painter 2ms Pointer Control Continuous 7 in Pointer Rate nnne raucous Pointer Direction ss Alternate a re Default Equivalent Payload Frequency Offset None poms USER DEFINED TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS SETTINGS amp Teg COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD APS ae PATH Figure 3 50 Incrementing Pointer Location Once Every Two Millisec onds Changing Timing As an alternative to setting pointer movements directly you can introduce a frequency offset in the internally generated SPE the transmit line rate or both together To generate pointer movements using frequency offset 1 Specify the pointer timing mode as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT Pointer Timing Frequency Offset Mode CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 149 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing 2 Specify the Of
160. et to Ring or Span See Tables 3 16 and 3 17 for descriptions of the preset choices Table 3 16 Choices for Bits 1 4 of the K1 Byte When Mode is Set to Ring Main Screen Mnemonic Choice Text Bit Pattern NR NR No Request 0000 RR R RR R Reverse Request Ring 0001 RR S RR S Reverse Request Span 0010 EXER R EXER R Exerciser Ring 0011 EXER S EXER S Exerciser Span 0100 WIR WTR Weit To Restore 0101 MS R MS S Manual Switch Ring 0110 MS S MS S Manual Switch Span om SD R SD R Signal Degrade Ring 1000 SD S SD S Signal Degrade Span 1001 SD P SD P Signal Degrade Protection 1010 SF R SF R Signal Fail Ring 1011 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 163 Testing Automatic Protection Switching Table 3 16 Choices for Bits 1 4 of the K1 Byte When Mode is Set to Ring Cont SF S Signal Fail Span FS R Forced Switch Ring FS S Forced Switch Span LP S Lockout of Protection Span Table 3 17 Choices for Bits 1 4 of the K1 Byte When Mode is Set to Span Main Screen Mnemonic Choice Text Bit Pattern NR NR No Request 0000 DNR DNR Do Not Revert 0001 RR RR Reverse Request 0010 Not Used Not Used 0011 EXER EXER Exerciser 0100 Not Used Not Used 0101 WTR WTR Vvait to Restore 0110 Not Used Not Used oul MS MS Manual Switch 1000 Not Used Not Used 1001 SD LP SD Signal Degrade Low 1010 SD HP SD Signal Degrade High 1011 SF LP SF Signal Fail Low 1100 3 164 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Testing A
161. eter to parameter see Figure 2 12 This is the selected paraneter Itis identified by the location of the highlight Tek Measurements Stopped amp STS 1 RECEIVE STS 1 CHOICES L Receive Rate Receive Level Signal Structure STS Under Test wi MAP BING wu ecccssesescsseeeeseeees STATUS OVERHEAD SIGNAL TRANSPORTI PATH OVERHEAD Ae the highlight to another as SEE est Pattern osanik PRBS 2423 1 pa TX RYX Settings nanan Independent see o Figure 2 12 Selecting a Parameter The parameter values displayed in high intensity text indicate parameters that you can change If a parameter is displayed in dimmed text it cannot be selected under the current setup Selecting from Lists Most parameters have a set group of choices available The choices are presented as a list located along the right side of the display Press the button next to the choice to assign that choice to the highlighted parameter Sometimes parameters have more than five choices available When more than five choices are available the bottom choice changes to more Selecting more displays additional choices Each time CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview you press more the next list of choices is displayed Below more is a line that shows which list of choices is displayed When the last list of choices is displayed pressing more displays the first list
162. example PRINT CONTROL was displayed Some front panel buttons are disabled while a dialog box is displayed Exit the dialog box to enable all the front panel buttons CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual B3 Appendix B Status and Error Messages Can not insert tributary error alarm while adding external signal An attempt was made to insert a tributary error or alarm while adding an external signal Could not create disk file The CTS 710 was unable to create a file on the disk Try saving the file on a different disk Could not delete file You attempted to a delete a file and a disk error occurred that prevented the CTS 710 from deleting the file The file is probably corrupted though you might be able to fix the problem with an MS DOS disk recovery program Could not open disk file The CTS 710 has attempted to read a file from disk and was unable to do so The file is probably corrupted though you might be able to recover the file using an MS DOS file recovery program Could not read disk s root directory The CTS 710 was unable to read the disk directory The disk directory is probably corrupted though you might be able to recover files from the disk with an MS DOS disk recovery utility Diagnostics invalid while disk or autoscan busy You tried to run Self Test diagnostics while accessing the disk or completing an Autoscan Wait until disk access is complete or the Autoscan is complete before running a self test routine
163. f exposure to high intensity rays Product Damage Precautions Use Proper Power Source Do not operate this product from a power source that applies more than the voltage specified Provide Proper Ventilation To prevent product overheating provide proper ventilation Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures If you suspect there is damage to this product have it inspected by qualified service personnel xviii CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual General Safety Summary Safety Terms and Symbols gt D 7 Terms in This Manual These terms may appear in this manual VARNING Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in injury or loss of life CAUTION Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to this product or other property Terms on the Product These terms may appear on the product DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the marking WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product Symbols on the Product The following symbols may appear on the product A m DANGER Protective Ground ATTENTION Double High Voltage Earth Terminal Refer to Insulated Manual CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual xix General Safety Summary Certifications and Compliances CSA Certified Power Cords CSA Certif
164. fset Mode as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Select Line to change the transmit line rate With this setting the SPE location pointer does not move relative to the transmitted frame Select Payload to change the offset of the payload 3 Specify the frequency offset as follows 3 150 Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter USER DEFINED Select Max 100ppm to set the frequency offset to the maximum available amount Select Stress 4 6ppm to set the frequency offset at the upper stratum three limit Select Stress 4 6ppm to set the frequency offset at the lower stratum three limit Select Default Oppm to turn off frequency offset Select USER DEFINED to set a frequency offset different from the preset choices CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Pointers and Changing Timing Selecting USER DEFINED places the CTS 710 in Edit Mode The knob is assigned to change the value of the frequency offset m Coarse changes the frequency offset by 10 0 ppm m Fine changes the frequency offset by 0 1 ppm The frequency offset can be changed by 100 0 ppm m Select DONE to enter the frequency offset when you are finished setting it When using a frequency offset a message line in the display tells you the equivalent pointer movement rate Figure 3 51 shows an example frequency offset and the resulting message Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 TRANSMIT STs 1 CHOICES Po
165. ge 0000 e ee eee A 3 TRANSMIT SETTINGS Page 1 of 2 A 4 TRANSMIT SETTINGS Page 2 of 2 0 A 5 ERRORS amp ALARMS Page 1 of 4 00 5 A 6 ERRORS amp ALARMS Page 2 of 4 000 0005 A 7 ERRORS amp ALARMS Page 3 of 4 00 0005 A 8 ERRORS amp ALARMS Page 4 of 4 0005 A 9 POINTERS amp TIMING Page 1 of 3 0 00 A 10 POINTERS amp TIMING Page 2 of 3 0005 A 11 POINTERS amp TIMING Page 3 of 3 00 5 A 12 APS COMMANDS Page 1 of 3 1 0 2 2 eee eee eee A 13 APS COMMANDS Page 2 of 3 1 0 2 0 2 eee eee ee eee A 14 APS COMMANDS Page 3 of 3 1 0 2 2 eee eee ee eee A 15 TRANSPORT OVERHEAD Page 0 005 A 16 PATH OVERHEAD Page 20 e eee eee eee A 17 RECEIVE SETTINGS Page 1 of 2 000 A 18 RECEIVE SETTINGS Page 2 of 2 0 0005 A 19 SIGNAL STATUS Page 0 c cece eee eee A 20 TRANSPORT OVERHEAD Page 0 0005 A 20 PATH OVERHEAD Page 0 e eee eee eee A 21 TEST SUMMARY Page 0 0 cee ee ee eee eee A 21 MAIN RESULTS Page 0 0c e ee eee eens A 22 ERROR ANALYSIS Page 00 cee eee eee eee A 22 HISTORY GRAPHS Page 2 eee eee eee A 23 SAVE RESULTS Page 0 eee ee eee eee A 24 RECALL RESULTS Page 0 cece eee eee eee A 24
166. ght Button Parameter Select Choice UTILITY MISC SETTINGS Curert Tire SET TIME see Figure 3 66 After you select SET TIME the CTS 710 enters Edit Mode 3 202 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Changing Instrument Settings NOTE While you set the time in Edit Mode the clock stops running 2 Assign the knob by selecting Hour Minute or Second as necessary 3 Turn the knob to change the setting 4 Select CANCEL to abort any changes and exit Edit Mode 5 Select DONE to enter your changes and exit Edit Mode Changing the Printer Setup The CTS 710 prints to Tek DPU 411 printers Epson compatible printers and Hewlett Packard Thinkjet printers It can also print to a file on disk The print parameters are located on the PRINTER SETUP page of the UTILITY menu see Figure 3 67 Printers are supported only by an RS 232 connection Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 TUTILITY STs 1 CHOICES Printer Type Tek DPU 411 RS 232 Baud Rate 9600 Epson Thinkjet Te Disk Print User amp Company Off BMP Format Waer NaM Etcen isai Company Name 2 Rib Reny 1of2 MISC REMOTE INSTR SELF SETTINGS CONTROL CONFIG TEST Figure 3 67 The PRINTER SETUP Page Setting up the CTS 710 for a printer consists of two steps specifying the printer or file type and setting RS 232 parameters Additionally CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 203 Changing Instrument Settings yo
167. ght Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE Signal Structure STS 1 SETTINGS STS 3c Specifying Which STS to Test If you are using a line rate other than the SONET basic level rates STS 1 or OC 1 you must select one STS to test To designate which STS to test Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE STS Under Test as appropriate SETTINGS Setting the Mapping You can specify whether the payload contains live data or not If you know the mapping of the received signal you can specify what the mapping is on the RECEIVE SETTINGS page NOTE The CTS 710 cannot demap a tributary signal and transmit a tributary signal at the same time 3 104 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters To specify the mapping of the received signal Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE Mapping Bulk Fill SETTINGS No Mapping Equipped Bulk Fill No Mapping Unequipped DS3 VTL5 NOTE Some mappings require options that might not be installed in your CTS 710 Depending on the mapping you choose you might need to set additional parameters m Select Bulk Fill No Mapping Equipped to receive an SPE that is filled with the test pattern specified on the Test Pattern line and where the C2 byte is set to 1 m Select Bulk Fill No Mapping Unequipped to receive an SPE that is fil
168. gt you can save time by selecting SETUP_XX Once you select SETUP XX select EDIT NAME and edit XX to the desired number or letter Select DONE when you are finished editing the setup name The instrument setup name can be up to eight characters long m Select EDIT NAME to enter a name other than SETUP XX Select DONE when you are finished editing the setup name The instrument setup name can be up to eight characters long 3 32 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups Tek Measurements Stopped STS 3 TEST SETUPS amp STS 3 CHOICES Set up the instrument as required Then fill out the parameters below and save to disk or memory SETUP XX Description Clear s Save to Memory 2 Save to DISK veces EDIT NAME TEST IN CONTROL Figure 3 11 The SAVE INSTRUMENT SETUPS Page 3 Enter a description of the instrument setup as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Pemon ription m Select EDIT TEXT to edit the description of the instrument setup The description can be up to 24 characters long To remove an existing description select Clear or None 4 Save the instrument setup to memory as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 33 Working with Test Setups 5 Save the instrument setup to disk as follows m Insert a disk to store the file on if one has not already been Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter i
169. gure 3 7 Setup to Monitor Performance 2 Set up the CTS 710 as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS RECALL DEFAULT Recall Setup INSTRUMENT FACTORY SETUPS SETTINGS RECEIVE RECEIVE Receive Rate OC 3 SETTINGS TRANSMIT Tx Rx Settings Through Mode RESULTS none Section Analysis 3 Press the START STOP button on the CTS 710 so that the START STOP light is on 4 As the test is running the analysis of Section errors continually updates You can also look at the analysis of Line Path or CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 19 Basic Test Procedures Payload errors by pressing the buttons corresponding to those choices 5 To see network performance data since the start of the test presented in graphical form change the CTS 710 setup as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS HISTORY none GRAPHS 6 The CTS 710 history graphs can cover a time span up to 72 hours You can choose history graphs of the measured performance indicators in the following categories m Error count any error you choose m Errored seconds any error you choose m Pointer justifications m Pointer value m All failures m All alarms 3 20 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures 7 For example to change the bottom graph to display the history of Path B3 Errored Seconds change the CTS 710 setup as follows Press Menu Highlight
170. he byte selected CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 75 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters If you select User Word 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit for the test pattern set the value of the User Word as follows 1 Set the contents of the User Word Byte s as follows see Figure 3 27 Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Test Pattem Set to 00000000 Set to 11111111 Default 10101010 EDIT BYTE Edit XX bits 2 Select EDIT BYTE Edit XX bits to specify a value different from the preset choices 3 Select Predefined Patterns if you decide to use the standard patterns 4 Select DONE when you are finished editing the byte 3 76 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Tek Measurements Stopped TRANSMIT oc 1 CHOICES Transmit Rate 2 oc 1 Transmit Clock 2 Internal Signal Structure 1xSTS 1 STS Under Test 1 Mapping VT1 5 Floating Async VT Under Test 1 Group 1 VT 1 Payload DS1 Unframed Test Pattern Background Pattern QRSS 2420 1 Tx RX Settings cesser Independent amp ALARMS amp TIMING ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORT COMMANDS OVERHEAD oc 1 PATH OVERHEAD Set to 00000000 Set to 11111111 Default J Figure 3 27 Editing the User Word Byte Setting Overhead Bytes To stress test a network you sometimes need to simulate errors or alarms Use
171. he dustcap chain CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual H 1 Appendix H Changing Optical Port Connectors NOTE To keep cleaning to a minimum install the dustcap when no fiber is connected to the optical port Figure H 1 Removing the Optical Bulkhead Connector Changing the Optical Port Connectors The CTS 710 is shipped with the FC connector bulkhead and dustcap installed If you wish to change to the ST DIN 47256 or SC connectors perform the following procedure 1 Verify that the CTS 710 has been turned off with the principal power switch on the rear panel 2 Remove the four screws that attach the bulkhead connector to the front panel see Figure H 1 3 Gently pull the bulkhead out of the unit and unscrew the fiber connector Be careful not to pull beyond the fiber slack 4 Disassemble the bulkhead as shown in Figures H 2 through H 5 H 2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix H Changing Optical Port Connectors Figure H 3 ST Optical Bulkhead Assembly CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual H3 Appendix H Changing Optical Port Connectors Figure H 4 DIN 47256 Optical Bulkhead Assembly Figure H 5 SC Optical Bulkhead Assembly 5 Replace the current bulkhead with the one you wish to use and reassemble 6 Installation is the reverse of steps through 3 H4 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Se a Ss Appendix I Packing for Shipment If you ship the CTS 710 pack it in the or
172. he front of the disk drive turns off when the disk operation is complete CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 225 Functional Overview 2 26 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual EPPP lt EE Tutorial The tutorial acquaints you with the features of the CTS 710 by having you run a test while you explore specific features of the CTS 710 For full details on how to use the CTS 710 refer to Reference The tutorial presents procedures in tables Perform the procedure by reading from left to right in the table see example below The word none in a cell indicates that no action is required Some procedures require several iterations of highlighting parame ters and selecting choices Some procedures may require more than one menu button or menu page selection as well Before Turning On the CTS 710 This tutorial describes how to perform a bit error rate BER test on an STS 1 signal To perform the tutorial you need a 75 Q coaxial cable with BNC connectors on each end This tutorial assumes you have set up the CTS 710 as described in First Time Operation on page 1 3 To set up your CTS 710 for the tutorial perform these steps m Check that the CTS 710 is turned off If it is on you can put it in standby mode by pressing the ON STBY button CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 27 Tutorial Connect the coaxial cable between the TRANSMIT and RECEIVE BNC connectors on the front panel see Figure 2 20 CTS 710 S
173. he pointer is moved immediately you do not need to press POINTER ACTION m Select USER DEFINED to set the pointer to a value different from the preset choices Selecting USER DEFINED places the CTS 710 into Edit Mode m Select DONE when you are finished setting the pointer value As soon as you press DONE the pointer is moved you do not need to press POINTER ACTION To set the new pointer value for a VT pointer Pointer Value Set MinO to Max 103 Default 78 Illegal Max 1 USER DEFINED CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 145 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing m Select Min 0 to set the pointer to location zero If you choose this setting the pointer is moved immediately you do not need to press POINTER ACTION m Select Max 103 to set the pointer to location 103 If you choose this setting the pointer is moved immediately you do not need to press POINTER ACTION m Select Default 78 to set the pointer to location 78 If you choose this setting the pointer is moved immediately you do not need to press POINTER ACTION m Select Illegal Max 1 to move the pointer to illegal location 104 the maximum allowed location 1 Choosing the illegal pointer location may cause a loss of pointer failure If you choose this setting the pointer is moved immediately you do not need to press POINTER ACTION 3 Specify whether a New Data Flag is set with the pointer movement as follows Select Menu High
174. hello how are you m Select User Trace to set the J1 byte string to a string you can enter using the EDIT TRACE function m Select EDIT TRACE to define your own text string 2 Select EDIT TRACE to edit the path trace message see Figure 3 30 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 83 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters The string can contain a maximum of 64 characters including spaces 3 Select DONE when you have completed the entering string Characters BBCDEFGHTIKLMNOPQRSTUWWXYZ1234567890 AHMAR Transmitting STS 1 with STS 1 1 under test o Enter A External Add woe None Delete Path Overhead Path Trace Message i IAI BS RRR KKK RK cz 00000001 E gt al ek kk ok ok oe ee Fz 00000000 H4 oe oe oe oe a ae ae oe m z3 00000000 za 00000000 zs 00000000 DONE TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORT SETTINGS amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD Figure 3 30 Editing the J1 Path Trace Byte Adding DCC and User Channel Overhead Bytes You can add data generated by an external protocol analyzer into the Data Communication Channel DCC and User Channel The data from the protocol analyzer is added through the Overhead Add Drop Port located on the rear panel See Appendix G for detailed information on the port pin assignments To add external data into the DCC 1 Connect an external protocol analyzer to the CTS 710 using the Overhead Add Drop Port on the rear
175. ibutary m Select DS1 SF D4 to map an internally generated DS1 signal with D4 SuperFrame framing into the payload of the selected virtual tributary m Select DS1 ESF to map an internally generated DS1 signal with Extended SuperFrame framing into the payload of the selected virtual tributary 3 74 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters m Select DS3 Ext Add to map a DS3 signal connected to the DS3 Input connector on the CTS 710 front panel into the STS payload m Select DS3 Unframed to map an internally generated unframed DS3 signal into the STS payload m Select DS3 C bit to map an internally generated DS3 signal with C bit framing into the payload of the selected virtual tributary m Select DS3 M13 to map an internally generated DS3 signal with M13 framing into the payload of the selected virtual tributary Setting the Test Pattern You can select a test pattern to transmit in the SPE To specify the test pattern to transmit Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Test Pattem as appropriate SETTINGS m Select 1 in 8 to set the test pattern to 01000000 m Select 3 in 24 to set the test pattern to 01000100 00000000 00000100 m Select User Word 8 bit User Word 16 bit or User Word 24 bit to set a test pattern different from the preset choices If you choose User Word the test pattern description changes to display t
176. ication includes the products and power cords appropriate for use in the North America power network All other power cords supplied are approved for the country of use xx CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual SS EE Preface This manual describes how to use the Tektronix CTS 710 SONET Test Set This manual is your primary source of information about how the CTS 710 functions How This Manual is Organized This manual is divided into four sections Getting Started Operating Basics Reference and Appendices m Getting Started provides an overview of the CTS 710 and describes first time operation m Operating Basics explains the basic principles of operating the CTS 710 The Operating Basics section also includes a tutorial which introduces you to most of the capabilities of the CTS 710 by having you run a BER test m Reference provides explanations of how to perform detailed tasks m The Appendices provide a listing of specifications default factory settings an incoming inspection test and other useful informa tion Conventions This manual uses the following conventions m The names of front panel controls and menus appear in all upper case letters for example TRANSMIT and HELP m Names appear in the same case in this manual as they appear on the display of the CTS 710 for example Test Duration and USER DEFINED m Within a procedure a specific button to be pressed or a parameter to be selected appears in boldface pr
177. iewing Test Results The test has been running for several minutes and errors have been transmitted To see the test results you must display the RESULTS menu To display the RESULTS menu Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice resus erom ne rove The TEST SUMMARY page identifies the most common errors that the CTS 710 has detected You will see a line that identifies the worst error rate detected and may find listings for other types of errors see Figure 2 31 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 43 Tutorial 2 44 Tek Running Od Oh 5m 28s gt ST5 3 RESULTS _x ol 5T5 3 Results Source Current Results Results Rate STS 3 Results Mapping Equipped Test Started 20 43 00 16 Jul 95 Elapsed Time Od Oh 5m TROUBLE SCAN Worst Error Rate 4 20e 7 Path B3 Errors 6904 MAIN ERROR HISTORY SAVE RECALL RESULTS ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 2 31 The TEST SUMMARY Page of the RESULTS Menu The MAIN RESULTS page displays all the errors that have been detected It also displays the error ratio and the number of errored seconds that have been logged see Figure 2 32 To display the MAIN RESULTS page Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice VANER ome re CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tutorial Tek Running Od Oh 6m 30s gt ST5 3 TRESULTS C 5T5 3 ER Errors ERROR ERROR ERRORED COUNTS RA
178. ify the DS3 mapping as follows Press Menu Button Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE DS3 Framing DS3 C bit SETTINGS DS3 M13 m Select DS1 1 to specify the first DS1 signal m Select DS1 28 to specify the last DS1 signal m Select Next to change the selection to the next higher DS1 signal m Select Previous to change the selection to the next lower DS1 signal CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 107 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters 3 Specify the DS1 Framing as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter DS1 SF D4 m Select DS1 Unframed to demultiplex an unframed DS1 signal or a DS1 signal whose framing is unknown m Select DS1 SF D4 to demultiplex a DS1 signal in D4 Superframe format m Select DS1 ESF to demultiplex a DS1 signal in Extended Superframe format 4 To drop the DS1 signal to the front panel connectors Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Tributary Drop On 3 108 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters 5 Specify the received test pattern as follows Select Choice PRBS 2723 1 PRBS 2720 1 PRBS 2715 1 QRSS 2720 1 All Ones All Zeros ling 3in24 User Word 8 Bit User Word 16 Bit User Word 24 Bit Unknown Select User Word 8 Bit User Word 16 Bit or User Word 24 Bit to receive test patterns different from the preset choices If you choose User Word the tes
179. iginal shipping carton and packing material If the original packing material is not available package the instrument as follows 1 Obtain a corrugated cardboard shipping carton with inside dimensions at least 15 cm 6 in taller wider and deeper than the CTS 710 The shipping carton must be constructed of cardboard with 170 kg 375 Ib test strength If you are shipping the CTS 710 to a Tektronix field office for repair attach a tag to the CTS 710 showing the instrument owner and address the name of the person to contact about the instrument the instrument type and the serial number Wrap the CTS 710 with polyethylene sheeting or equivalent material to protect the finish Cushion the CTS 710 in the shipping carton by tightly packing dunnage or urethane foam on all sides between the carton and the CTS 710 Allow 7 5 cm 3 in on all sides top and bottom Seal the shipping carton with shipping tape or an industrial stapler CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual H1 Appendix I Packing for Shipment H2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual iy aa Glossary and Index Se es Glossary AIS An acronym for Alarm Indication Signal An AIS is used to alert downstream equipment that an upstream failure has been detected APS An acronym for Automatic Protection Switching ASCII An acronym for American Standard Code for Information Interchange BER An acronym for Bit Error Ratio or Rate The principal m
180. ignal Tx An abbreviation for Transmit VT An acronym for Virtual Tributary A structure not a signal designed for transport and switching of sub STS payloads The sizes of VT currently in use are VT1 5 VT2 VT3 and VT6 Yellow Signal A code sent upstream to indicate that a failure condition has been declared downstream CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Glossary 7 Glossary Glossary 8 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Index A Abort PRINT CONTROL dialog box 3 197 3 198 Self Test Control 3 211 accessories optional 1 2 standard 1 2 accessory pouch installing 1 3 Added Tx Clock Overhead Add Drop Port G 6 Added Tx Data Overhead Add Drop Port G 6 adding a tributary signal 3 72 adjusting pointers 3 141 AIS APS COMMANDS 3 170 Alarm Fail If condition 3 39 alarm audible See beeper Alarms MAIN RESULTS 3 175 3 177 Alternate Pointer Direction 3 148 AMI Transmit Line Code 3 94 Analyze VT AUTOSCAN dialog box 3 57 APS Mode APS COMMANDS 3 161 APS response checking 3 161 Architecture APS COMMANDS 3 169 AUTOSCAN button 3 55 B B3ZS Transmit Line Code 3 94 B8ZS Transmit Line Code 3 94 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Baud Rate PRINTER SETUP 3 205 REMOTE CONTROL 3 209 Beeper MISC SETTINGS 3 61 3 201 BITS Transmit Clock 3 69 BITS rear panel connector G 7 BR APS COMMANDS 3 170 BR amp SW APS COMMANDS 3 170 Bridge Receive Level 3 124 b
181. independent You cannot receive a DS1 signal and transmit a DS3 signal When working with tributary signals you must set the mapping for receive and transmit to the same value or to Bulk Fill No Mapping For example you can receive a DS1 signal and transmit an OC 12 signal but you must set the mapping of the transmitted signal to either Bulk Fill No Mapping or DS1 it cannot be set to DS3 Coupling Receive and Transmit Settings If your application requires that the receive settings and transmit settings be identical you can save time by coupling them together After they are coupled any change you make to a parameter on the CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 101 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters RECEIVE SETTINGS page will also be made to the corresponding setting in the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page of the RECEIVE menu The inverse is also true To couple the receive and transmit settings together from the RECEIVE SETTINGS page Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter RECEIVE RECEIVE SETTINGS NOTE When settings are coupled from the RECEIVE SETTINGS page the transmit parameters are changed to match the receive parameters Conversely when settings are coupled from the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page the receive parameters are changed to match the transmit parameters To change receive and transmit settings so that they are no longer coupled Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select
182. ing for transmit and receive to the same value or to Bulk Fill No Mapping For example you can transmit a DS1 signal and receive an OC 12 signal but you must set the mapping of the received signal to either Bulk Fill No Mapping or DS1 it cannot be set to DS3 Coupling Transmit and Receive Settings If your application requires that the transmit settings and receive settings be identical you can save time by coupling them together After they are coupled any change you make to a parameter on the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page will also be made to the correspond ing setting in the RECEIVE SETTINGS page of the RECEIVE menu The inverse is also true Available SONET Transmit rates Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 STs 1 M SHOICES Transmit Rate cesser sta oO 2 Transmit Clock Internal Transmit Level Cress Connect Signal Structure 1xSTS 1 STS Under Test e S Mapping cc Bulk Fill Equipped Test Pattern oss PRBS 2423 1 Tx RX Settings cesser Independent o 1of2 ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORTI PATH amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 24 SONET Transmit Rates CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 65 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters To couple the transmit and receive settings together from the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter TRANSMIT TRANSMIT SETTINGS NOTE When settings are coupled from the TRA
183. ing the STS to Test 0 0 000 3 70 Setting the Payload Mapping 00 3 71 Unequipped Payload Mapping 3 72 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual iii Table of Contents Mapping a Tributary Signal Add Drop Test Option Only Mapping a Tributary with VT1 5 Floating Async Payload Mapping segis oe kate ae erie hiss tate akan se A EE Setting the Test Pattern sosi esera nsan 0 0 0 2 02 2 eee Setting Overhead Bytes 00 00 00000 How to Edit an Overhead Byte Editing the V5 Byte sagaer nn eiaha bane nda Bytes You Cannot Edit 0000 Editing the J1 Path Trace Byte 000 Adding DCC and User Channel Overhead Bytes Setting Tributary Signal Transmit Parameters Steps for Setting Parameters 0 000 Setting the Transmit Rate 0 0 0000 Independent Transmit and Receive Settings Coupling Transmit and Receive Settings Setting the Transmit Clock 000 Setting the Line Clock Offset 000 Setting the Transmit Line Code 0 0 Specifying the Framing 00 0 0 nr Specifying the Test Pattern 000 Setting SONET Receive Parameters 000 Steps for Setting Parameters 0000 Setting the Re
184. ins Gare eco alslaecoare sarees How This Manual is Organized 00 5 Conventions 0 cece cece eee teens Related Manuals 0 0 c eee eee Using the CTS 710 Reference 04 Getting Started Getting Started 20 0 cc cece ce cece ce cee ee ee ees Product Description 00 0 cece eee eee eens ACCOSSOTIES rorta e eonan EAST oles ART A Standard Accessories 00 cee eee eee eee ee Optional Accessories 0 cece cee ee eee First Time Operation 2 0 cece eee eee ee Installing the Accessory Pouch 0005 Setting Up the CTS 710 2 0 0 cece ee eee Turning On the CTS 710 0 2 eee eee ee eee Turning Off the CTS 710 0 0 eee eee eee Operating Basics Functional Overview 0 0 ccccee cc ceececeeveces Front Panel Controls Indicators and Connectors Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 04 Front Panel Status Lights 0 0 0 eee eee ee eee Reading the Display 00 0 ce eee eee eee eee The Basic Menu Structure 00 0 0c eee eee ee eee What isa Menu E ee eee Selecting Menus 00 0 c eee eee eee eee Selecting Pages eee cece eee eee Displaying Help 0 cece eee eee eee Connecting Signals 0 0 cece eee eee een ee Connecting Optical Signals 00 000000 Connecting SONET Electrical Signals
185. int For example press the AUTOSCAN button or select Continuous CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual xxi Preface The Tutorial and the Reference sections frequently present procedures in tables Perform the procedure by reading from left to right in the table see example below The word none in a cell indicates that no action is required Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Step 2 Step 3 Step 8 CTS 710 instruction is conplete Some procedures require several iterations of highlighting parame ters and selecting choices Some procedures may require more than one menu button or menu page selection as well Related Manuals xxii The following documents are also available for the CTS 710 SONET Test Set m The CTS 710 SONET Test Set Reference Tektronix part number 070 9336 XX provides a quick overview of the menu structure front panel buttons example alarm responses and a glossary m The CTS 710 SONET Test Set Programmer Manual Tektronix part number 070 8924 XX describes how to control the CTS 710 using an instrument controller m The CTS 710 SONET Test Set amp CTS 750 SDH Test Set Reference Tektronix part number 070 8854 XX provides a quick overview of the instrument programming commands m The CTS 710 SONET Test Set amp CTS 750 SDH Test Set Service Manual Tektronix part number 070 8853 XX provides information on maintaining and servicing your instrument to the module level CTS 710 SONET T
186. inter Timing Mode Frequency Offset Max Offset Mode occ Offset Line 100ppm Frequency Offset s 4 6ppm Stress 4 6ppm Stress 4 6ppm Default Oppm USER DEFINED TRANSMIT ERRORS EOS APS TRANSPORT PATH SETTINGS amp ALARMS aM r E love ue Figure 3 51 Offsetting the Transmit Rate by 4 6 ppm Generating Pointer Sequences In addition to the simpler pointer movements previously described the CTS 710 can generate pointer sequences sequences of pointer movements Pointer sequences are made up of three periods the Initialization Period the Cool Down Period and the Sequence Period see Figure 3 52 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 151 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing Added or Cancelled Pointer Positions rydteeo dey Repeating Pattem gt Tine gt gt 30s ar gt lt za Initialization Cool Down Sequence Period Figure 3 52 The Three Periods of a Pointer Sequence m Initialization Period a thirty second period where the CTS 710 produces a 30 second burst of 1 pointer movement per second in the same direction as the specified pointer sequence The Initialization Period can be turned on or off m Cool Down Period a period at least 60 seconds long following the Initialization Period where the specified pointer sequence is running m Sequence Period the period following the Cool Down period where the specified pointer sequence runs continuously The C
187. ion Description lt 4nm 1310 nm Opt 0B 04 06 lt 1nm 1550 nm Opt 05 06 Class 1 laser complies with 21 CFR 1040 10 and 1040 11 conplies with IEC 825 Section 9 4 Connectors FC PC Standard Optical Connector kit with ST SC and DIN 47256 included Signal Structure Meets the requirerrents of ANSI T1 105A Section 8 and Bellcore GR NWT 000253 Standards Conpliance Payload Channel SPE One active STS 1 in STS 3 Selection The other 2 channels are unequipped One active STS 1 in STS 12 The other 11 channels are unequipped One active STS 3c in STS 12 The other 3 channels are unequipped Unequipped Payload C2 bye is set to 00 Internal Pattern Generator Pattems PRBS 22 1 215 1 2 1 277 1 Bulk Fill in a selected SPE channel STS 1 or STS 3c All 1s All Os 8 bit programmable word Errors Section BIP B1 Single or Continuous Line BIP B2 Path BIP B3 Path FEBE Payload pattem bit Eror Rate Range 1X 10 to 1X 1079 with 0 1 resolution Aams Line AIS Line FERF Path AIS Path FERF Failures LOS LOF LOP Transmitter Clock Intemal Clock 1 Depends on error type CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix D Specifications Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Cont Characteristic Accuracy Extemal Clock Reference Rate Input Recovered Clock Loop timing Transmit Line Frequency Offset Frequency offset rate Receive Input Electrical Input
188. ion describes how to manually set the receive line rate define the STS under test set the payload mapping and content check the received optical signal power and view the overhead bytes The CTS 710 SONET Test Set contains independent transmit and receive modules One set of parameters controls the transmit module and a separate set controls the receive module You can set the receive parameters independent of the transmit parameters or you can choose to link them to the transmit settings Pressing AUTOSCAN sets the receive parameters automatically based on the received signal Steps for Setting Parameters The sequence of steps for setting receive parameters varies with the type of signal to be received Figure 3 36 shows the sequence of steps required to set the receive parameters for a SONET signal without demapping a tributary signal Figure 3 37 shows the steps required to set the receive parameters for a SONET signal when demapping a tributary signal See page 3 89 for details on setting tributary signal parameters for example DS3 Set Set Signal Specify STS Set Set Test _ gt gt Rate Structure Under Test Mapping Pattem Figure 3 36 Sequence for Setting SONET Signal Parameters CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 99 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters Set Level Set Set Signal Specify STS Set Rate Si rates Structure Under Test Mapping only Set VT Under Test Set Pay ced Set Tributary Drop
189. isk Save of instrument setup complete This message confirms that an instrument setup was successfully written to disk B 2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix B Status and Error Messages Save of measurement results histories complete The CTS 710 has successfully saved test results to disk Save of pass fail test complete The CTS 710 has successfully saved the pass fail test to disk Single pointer movement transmitted You pressed the POINTER ACTION button with the Pointer Control set to Single Test restarted due to change in receiver settings You changed the receive settings while a test was running When any settings are changed a running test is restarted Transmit rate change complete The CTS 710 has successfully changed transmit rate This message can occur when an instrument setup file is recalled from disk Error Messages Alarm generation invalid while in through mode You attempted to transmit an alarm while the CTS 710 was in Through Mode Transmit settings cannot be changed while the transmit rate is set to Through Mode Autoscan already in progress You pressed the Autoscan front panel button while an Autoscan was in progress Button disabled in edit mode You pressed a front panel button while the CTS 710 was in edit mode You must exit edit mode before you can use the front panel buttons Button disabled when dialog box is displayed You pressed a front panel button while a dialog box for
190. istory graph contains more data than will fit on the display the history graph shifts to display additional information The direction the display shifts depends on which direction the knob is turning Changing the Displayed History Graph 3 190 To change the displayed history graph Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter HISTORY GRAPHS select graph with Select Graph knob RESULTS see Figure 3 62 m Select Show Next Top to automatically display the next graph on the top half of the screen m Select Change Top to select a different graph for display on the top half of the screen CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results m Select Change Bottom to select a different graph for display on the bottom half of the screen m Select Cancel if you decide not to change the displayed graph Displaying Mini Graphs When you select either Change Top or Change Bottom from the HISTORY GRAPHS page the selected graph is replaced by three mini graphs see Figure 3 62 Each mini graph is a reduced size version of a normal graph Turn the knob to display a different graph The middle graph which is highlighted is the graph that will be displayed full size when you choose Select Graph When you turn the knob the mini graphs scroll either up or down depending on which direction you turn the knob Whether the next mini graph appears at the top or the bottom depends on the direction the knob turns Use the
191. istory of events Figure E 1 Front Panel Status Lights Table E 1 details the equipment required to complete the incoming inspection test CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual E1 Appendix E Incoming Inspection Test Table E 1 Required Equipment 1 Item Number and Description Optical Fiber Cable Interconnect optical signals 750 Coaxial Cable Interconnect electrical sig 110Q BantamCable This equipment is required to test a CTS 710 with any one of the optional Optical Electrical Plug in Interface Modules installed otherwise it is not required Loop Back Connection The incoming inspection test requires an external loop back connection from the TRANSMIT OUT output to the RECEITVE IN input For the SONET rate electrical loop back you can use the 75 Q BNC coaxial cable provided as a standard accessory to the CTS 710 If the Add Drop Test Option is installed you can use the 75 Q coaxial cable for checking DS3 operation and will need to use a bantam cable a standard accessory with the Add Drop Test Option to check DS1 operation If one of the Electrical Optical Plug in Interface Modules is installed in your CTS 710 you also need a short optical cable that is compatible with the optical connectors on your instrument Optical cables are not included as standard accessories to the CTS 710 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix E Incoming Inspection Test How to Proceed If the
192. it Test Pattern 3 75 RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 126 TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 96 User Word 24 bit Test Pattern 3 75 RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 126 TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 96 User Word 8 bit Test Pattern 3 75 RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 126 TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 96 ee g CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual UTILITY button 2 11 V V5 byte editing 3 80 VGA connector G 1 View Help Help dialog box 2 12 viewing APS response 3 172 VT 1 5 Analysis ERROR ANAL YSIS 3 179 VT 1 5 Async Mapping 3 71 3 105 VT AIS status light 3 60 Transmit alarm set to 3 136 VT FERF status light 3 60 Transmit alarm set to 3 137 VT LOM Failure set to 3 138 VT LOP Failure set to 3 138 VT 1 VT Under Test 3 74 VT 28 VT Under Test 3 74 VT1 5 Async Mapping 3 73 VT1 5 Floating Async payload mapping 3 72 3 110 VT1 5 Overhead 3 116 W WTR APS COMMANDS 3 163 3 164 X XConnect Receive Level 3 103 Transmit Level 3 69 Index 13 Index Y Zoom In HISTORY GRAPHS 3 189 yellow lights 2 5 3 60 Zoom Out HISTORY GRAPHS 3 189 Z 0 DEFAULT memory RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS page 3 35 Index 14 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual
193. itialize the CTS 710 Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS none Menory SETUPS see Figure 3 12 O Default Recall Setup Recall the default settings whenever you want to restore the CTS 710 to a known state For a listing of the factory default settings see page C 1 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 35 Working with Test Setups Deleting Instrument Setups from Disk You can delete instrument setups from disk using the Delete File action To delete an instrument setup from disk Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice none TEST SETUPS RECALL Disk INSTRUMENT SETUPS see Figure 3 12 Delete File m Use the knob to select the file to delete see Figure 3 13 Tek Measurements Stopped ere 3 I TEST SETUPS STS 3 a Memory Description 0 DEFAULT FACTORY SETTINGS 1 EMPTY 2 EMPTY 3 EMPTY Delete File 4 EMPTY 5 EMPTY Disk Description SETUP_O1 SETUP 02 mi SETUP 03 emery Disk TEST CONTROL Figure 3 13 Selecting a Disk File for Deleting After you select Delete File status messages appear indicating the progress of the file deletion When the file has been deleted the file listing updates CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups Pass Fail Tests CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual A pass fail test is an easy way to run a test and get a simple respon
194. k Fill No Mapping Unequipped DS3 VT 15 Async NOTE Some payload mappings require options that might not be installed in your CTS 710 Depending on the mapping you choose you might need to set additional parameters m Select Bulk Fill No Mapping Equipped to fill the whole SPE with the test pattern specified and set the C2 byte to 1 m Select Bulk Fill No Mapping Unequipped to fill the whole SPE with the test pattern specified and set the C2 byte to 0 An all zeros pattern is the recommended test pattern for unequipped SPEs m Select VT 1 5 Async to map an externally supplied or an internally generated DS1 signal to the transmitted signal See Mapping a Tributary Signal on page 3 72 for details m Select DS3 to map an externally supplied or internally generated DS3 signal to the transmitted signal See Mapping a Tributary Signal on page 3 72 for details CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 71 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Unequipped Payload Mapping If you choose Bulk Fill No Mapping Unequipped payload mapping the CTS 710 places the unequipped code in byte C2 You can transmit any of the pattern choices available with the Bulk Fill No Mapping Equipped payload mapping However the default pattern all zeros prior to scrambling is recommended When a SONET network element receives a signal with an unequipped channel the network element should pass the signal through without making changes to i
195. l file or a history file and a disk error occurred The file is corrupted and cannot be recovered Warning No received signal currently identified You started a test while there was no received signal Write Failure on Disk The CTS 710 was unable to write to the disk Try saving the file on a different disk B 8 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual aay aS a enn Appendix C Default Factory Settings Table C 1 lists the instrument settings after Default Factory Settings have been recalled Table C 1 Default Factory Settings Parameter Default Value Transmit Rate STS 1 Transmit Clock Intemal Transmit Level Cross Connect STS Under Test 1 Mapping Transmit Test Pattem Bulk Fill No Mapping Equipped PRBS 2723 1 Transmit Overhead Path Trace se 64 nul Characters Transmit Overhead Extemal Add None Transmit Error Rate None Transmit Error Type Section B1 BIP Error Transmit Alarm None Transmit Failure None Transmit Pointe Tining Mode Pointer Moverrerts Transmit Pointer Type STS Transmit Pointer Control Single Transmit Pointer Value 522 Transmit Pointer Set with New Data Flag Yes APS Mode RING Receive Rate STS 1 Receive Level Cross Connect CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix C Default Factory Settings Table C 1 Default Factory Settings Cont Parameter Default Value Receive STS Under Test 1 Receive Mapping No Mapping Equipped Receive Tributary Drop
196. laser is safe to view without special eye protection However because other optical signals in your environment may exceed the Class I limits we recommend eye protection as a precaution To connect optical signals to the CTS 710 1 2 Unscrew the dustcap that covers the optical port on the CTS 710 Remove the dustcap if present covering the connector on the optical fiber Carefully insert the transmit end of the optical fiber into the RECEIVE port on the CTS 710 Line up the key on the optical fiber connector with the cutout on the optical port connector Make sure that the optical fiber connector is fully inserted into the optical port Tighten the optical fiber connector so it does not accidentally come loose during use Carefully insert the receive end of the optical fiber into the TRANSMIT port on the CTS 710 Make sure that the optical fiber connector is fully inserted into the optical port Tighten the optical fiber connector so it does not accidentally come loose during use Tighten the connectors only finger tight do not use a tool to tighten the connectors CAUTION To prevent damage to the optical port connectors and to keep them clean always replace the dustcaps on the optical port connectors when not using the optical ports 2 14 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview Connecting SONET Electrical Signals To connect SONET electrical signals to the CTS 710 1 Connect the
197. lected file Hardcopy complete The CTS 710 has successfully completed a printout CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual B 1 Appendix B Status and Error Messages Instrument factory reset complete The recall of default factory settings from the RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS page was completed successfully Instrument returned to previous setup This message appears if you select Cancel while an Autoscan is in progress Instrument setup for received signal The CTS 710 has completed an Autoscan and has changed its settings to match those of the received signal Internal diagnostics completed An instrument self test has been initiated and completed successfully No Setup file with SET extension found You selected the Disk action on the RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS page and no instrument setup files were found on the disk Previous power down instrument state restored This message appears when the CTS 710 turns on It means that the settings in effect when the CTS 710 was last turned off have been successfully restored Reading disk The CTS 710 is reading the disk directory Recall of instrument setup complete This message confirms that the recall of an instrument setup was successfully completed Recall of measurement results histories complete The CTS 710 has successfully recalled the selected results from disk Recall of pass fail test complete The CTS 710 has successfully recalled the selected pass fail test from d
198. lection as well The first step in each application setup initializes the CTS 710 to a known state CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 341 Basic Test Procedures Network Continuity Checking With the AUTOSCAN feature of the CTS 710 it is easy to make a quick continuity check The continuity check verifies that a SONET network element NE or portion of the network is correctly set up and provisioned and that the signal passes through intact In this example the CTS 710 transmits an STS 3 signal into an NE Then the CTS 710 receives the output from the NE and verifies that all three SPEs including their payload patterns are intact 1 Connect the CTS 710 to the NE as shown in Figure 3 1 CTS 710 SONET Test Set Er Ee EET All Signals are STS 3 One or More SONET NEs Figure 3 1 Setup to Check Network Continuity 3 2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures 2 Set up the CTS 710 as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS DEFAULT Recall Setup FACTORY SETTINGS TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Rate STS 3 SETTINGS 3 Press the AUTOSCAN button The receiver locks onto the output from the NE displays the signal structure and shows information about the content of STS 1 4 To analyze the payload pattern select Show Payload The CTS 710 detects a PRBS of length 223 1 5 Check the J1 Path
199. lection of any one of 28 VT channels Remaining 27 VT channels are background When intemal DS1 generator is used QRSS or Idle pattem 11010101 When extemal source is used QRSS When intemal DS1 generator is used Sarre as active channel When extemal source is used Unfranred VTL5 Errors VT BIP 2 Signal or Continuous VT FEBE VTL5 Alans and Failures VT AIS VT FERF VT Loss of Pointer VT Loss of Multifrarre DS3 SPE Add Source Intemal DS3 Generator Received DS3 signal Transmitter Clock Intemal Clock Accuracy 4 6 ppm for instrument calibrated within 24 months 1 Depends on error type CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual D 11 Appendix D Specifications Table D 2 Option 22 DS1 DS3 VT1 5 Capabilities Cont Characteristic Description Extemal Clock Reference Rates 1 544 MHz 40 pom Input Balanced 100 Q 5 DS1 Bantamconnector Recovered Clock Loop tining Clock is recovered from received signal Transmit Line Frequency Offset Frequency offset rate Extemal DS1 DS3 Rates Input Signal Level DS1 DS3 Receiver Eledrical Input 100 ppmof norrinal line rate with 0 1 pom resolution Clock Input for J itter Generation 1544 MS 44 736 Mb s Unbalanced 75 Q BNC AC coupled 0 5 volts to 1 5 volts peak to peak Data Rates DS1 1 544 MHz 150 pom DS3 44 736 MHz 150 pom Forrets DS1 AMI B amp ZS DS3 B37S Inpedance DS1 100Q balanced DS1 Bridged 1 KQ balanced DS3 70
200. led with the test pattern specified on the Test Pattern line and where the C2 byte is set to 0 m Select VT 1 5 Async to demap a DS1 signal from the received signal See Demapping a Tributary Signal for details CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 105 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters NOTE The CTS 710 will report errors incorrectly when the receive mapping is set to VT 1 5 Async but the received signal does not actually contain any tributary signals For example if the trans mitted signal is an STS 3 signal using a PRBS for the payload and the receive mapping is set to VT 1 5 Async the CTS 710 will report errors for VT AIS VT FERF VT FEBE VT BIP and VT LOP This occurs only when the received signal does not contain a tributary signal but the CTS 710 is configured to receive a signal that contains a tributary This applies only to CTS 710s with the Add Drop Test Option m Select DS3 to demap a DS3 signal from the received signal See Demapping a Tributary Signal for details m Select DS3 gt DS1 to demap a DS1 signal from the received signal See Demultiplexing a DSI from a DS3 Mapped in a SONET Signal for details 3 106 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters Demultiplexing a DS1 froma Mapped in a SONET Signal Add Drop Test Option Only To demultiplex a DS1 signal from a SONET signal that uses DS3 mapping 1 After setting the SONET signal mapping to DS3 gt DS1 Demux spec
201. light Page Parameter 4 Set the Pointer S Bits as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Pointer S Bits 00 3 146 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Pointers and Changing Timing Continuous Pointer Movement To make repetitive pointer movements 1 Specify the type of pointer control and movement rate as follows Max 27s Min 10000ns Default 50s USER DEFINED m Select Max 48ms to move the pointer one location every 48 milliseconds m Select Max 2ms to move the pointer one location every sixteen frames m Select Min 10000ms to move the pointer location one location every 10 seconds m Select Default 50ms to move the pointer one location every 50 ms m Select USER DEFINED to set continuous pointer movement at a rate different from the preset choices 2 Select USER DEFINED to set the pointer movement to a value different from the preset choices Selecting USER DEFINED places the CTS 710 into Edit Mode Now you can set the rate to the exact value you want with ms resolution The minimum rate is 1 ms The maximum rate is 10000 ms CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 147 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing 3 Specify the pointer movement direction as follows cranial Highlight Parameter m Selecting Increment causes the pointer to increment at the set rate m Selecting Decrement causes the pointer to decrement at the s
202. load line The signal will be dropped to the appropriate OUT connector on the front panel m Select On AMI to drop a DS1 signal using Alternate Mark Inversion coding m Select On B8ZS to drop a DS1 signal using Binary Eight Zero Substitution coding 3 112 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters Setting the Test Pattern To specify the test pattern that will be received 1 Specify the received test pattern using the following procedure Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE Test Pattem PRBS SETTINGS 2723 1 PRBS 2720 1 PRBS 2715 1 PRBS 209 1 All Ones All Zeros User Word Unknown m Select User Word to receive a test pattern different from the preset choices If you choose User Word the test pattern description changes to User Defined Byte m Select Unknown when you do not know what test pattern is being transmitted or when the test pattern is not stable 2 Select the line containing the byte to set the value of the User Defined Byte 3 Select a preset choice or select EDIT BYTE to enter a byte string different from the preset choices When you are finished editing the byte select DONE CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 113 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters Unequipped Payload Mapping If you choose Bulk Fill No Mapping Unequipped payload mapping the CTS 710 receiver expects to find the unequippe
203. lue larger than the maximum value Numeric value less than minimum limit You attempted to enter a numeric value smaller than the minimum value CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual B7 Appendix B Status and Error Messages Operation invalid while a test is running You tried to perform an action that cannot be completed while a test is running For example this message would appear if you attempted to recall instrument settings while a test is running Optical power has been overloaded You have connected an optical signal that has saturated the CTS 710 optical receiver Pointer burst active request ignored You pressed the POINTER ACTION button while a pointer burst movement was occurring Pointer movements disabled while in Through Mode You pressed the POINTER ACTION button while the CTS 710 was in Through Mode Pointer movements are not allowed while the CTS 710 is in Through Mode because the transmit signal must match the received signal Root directory is full You tried to save a file to disk but the directory shows that the disk is full Insert a disk with space available and save the file again Through Mode invalid while receiving a tributary signal You attempted to change the transmit rate to Through Mode while a test was running at a tributary rate Any change in settings would invalidate the test so no change was made Unexpected End Of File file not read You tried to recall an instrument setup file a pass fai
204. ming 2 Specify the pointer type as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Pointer Type 3 Specify the Sequence Type as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Sequence Type as appropriate NOTE The pointer sequences available depend on the selected Pointer Type 4 If Sequence Type is set to anything other than Single or Double Alternating set the pointer direction as follows CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 157 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing 5 If Sequence Type is set to one of the continuous patterns set the pointer rate as follows re Highlight Parameter Pointer Rate Rate USER DEFINED m Select USER DEFINED to set a pointer rate different from the preset choices 6 Specify whether Initialization Time is included as part of the pointer sequence as follows at Highlight Parameter Initialization Tine Tine On NOTE The Initialization Time is a set value either 0 seconds or 30 seconds it cannot be changed directly 3 158 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Pointers and Changing Timing 7 Specify whether Cool Down Time is included as part of the pointer sequence as follows eas Highlight Parameter Cool Down Tire On NOTE The Cool Down Time is a calculated value based on the sequence type it cannot be changed directly 8 To initiate a pointer sequence
205. mini graph capability to view several results at once With mini graphs displayed the CTS 710 displays four graphs at the same time This will enable you to see relationships between different results that might otherwise be difficult to spot Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 STs 1 Minimum Res 1 min Select Measurement 14 of 14 ACTIONS Section B1 Error Counts 198 Sites 15 mins 109 Treny bar ee H R iz prin 104 Syge 101 OT Poul o r n PERME 16 00 20 00 00 00 04 00 0 iO T STS Pointer Justification 1000 10 m O OME oam CD pa STS Pointer Value sees Cancel 4604 ie RANTE ae Failures Select vor Graph POWER TEST R SAVE RECALL SUMMARY RESULTS ANALYSIS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 3 62 Changing the Displayed History Graph CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 191 Viewing Results Saving and Recalling Results 3 192 You can save test results to disk and recall the test results for later display and analysis The CTS 710 automatically saves the results of the last two tests in memory If you want to save test results permanently you must save the test results to disk Saving Test Results to Disk NOTE The CTS 710 saves only the last 3 days at a History Resolution of Normal or 45 days at a History Resolution of Low of test results If a test runs longer than these limits the results older than 3 days 45 days are discarded To save te
206. n Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS DEFAULT Recall Setup FACTORY SETTINGS TRANSMIT Tx Rx Settings Coupled Transmit Rate DS1 3 To check the DS1 rate press the CLEAR HISTORY button wait two seconds and then verify that no yellow history lights are on 4 To check the DS3 rate set the transmit rate as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Rate DS3 SETTINGS NOTE When changing the transmit rate the LOP LOS and LOF history lights may turn on this is normal However the red error lights should not stay on 5 Press the CLEAR HISTORY button wait two seconds and then verify that no yellow history lights are on This completes the incoming inspection test CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual E7 Appendix E Incoming Inspection Test E 8 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual aS SSS See Appendix F Example Disk Contents This manual ships with a disk containing files that you can load into your CTS 710 The files are examples of instrument setups test results and pass fail tests The files contained on the disk are described in the following paragraphs Instrument Setups The STRESS file is an instrument setup file The file sets up the CTS 710 to generate an STS 1 signal that contains alarms errors and pointer movements The STRESS file is an example of how the CTS 710 can save you time by storing instrument setups on disk for later recall
207. n on remote control of the CTS 710 see the CTS 710 SONET Test Set Programmer Manual Tektronix part number 070 8924 XX RS 232 Port The rear panel RS 232 connector is used to connect to printers and instrument controllers Set the RS 232 parameters for printers on the PRINTER SETUP page of the UTILITY menu Set the RS 232 parameters for instrument controllers on the REMOTE CONTROL page of the UTILITY menu You can find more detailed information on remote control of the CTS 710 in the CTS 710 SONET Test Set Programmer Manual Figure G 3 shows how the pins are numbered on the RS 232 port Table G 2 lists the pin assignment for the RS 232 port on the CTS 710 rear panel Figure G 3 The RS 232 Port Table G 2 RS 232 Rear Panel Connector Pin Assignment CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual G3 Appendix G Rear Panel Connectors Table G 2 RS 232 Rear Panel Connector Pin Assignment Cont External Clock Input You use the external clock input to provide an external reference for the transmit clock To set the transmit clock to an external clock Press Menu Select Menu Button Page TRANSMIT TRANSMIT SETTINGS Select External to use an external BITS reference clock for SONET or DSn signals m Select External DSn to use an external clock for DS1 DS3 signals This selection enables you to input a jittered clock to provide DSn line jitter Calibration Signal Output You use the calibration signal output for s
208. n set a beeper to sound every time a red status light turns on To enable or disable the beeper CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 61 Checking Signal Status 3 62 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 7 SSS Setting SONET Transmit Parameters This section describes how to set the transmit rate specify the STS under test set the payload mapping and content and set the overhead bytes for SONET signals The CTS 710 SONET Test Set contains independent transmitter and receiver modules One set of parameters controls the transmitter module and another set controls the receiver module You can set the parameters that control the transmitter independently or you can choose to link the parameters to the receiver settings Steps for Setting Parameters The sequence of steps for setting transmit parameters varies with the type of signal to be transmitted The figures that follow show the sequence of steps required to set the transmit parameters of a SONET signal without a mapped tributary and a SONET signal with a mapped tributary See page 3 89 for details on setting tributary signal parameters for example DS3 Set Set Set Signal Specify STS Set Set Test Rate Clock Structure Under Test Mapping Pattem Figure 3 22 Sequence for Setting SONET Signal Parameters CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 63 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Set Set Set Signal Specify STS Set _ Rate Clock Struct
209. n the pouch plate and press down with the heels of your hands to bow the plate enough to slide the front of the plate into the space between the cabinet top and the front panel trim see Figure 1 2 7 Move the front of the pouch as needed to line up the slots in the plate with the keys on the front panel 8 Release the pressure on the plate to allow it to return to its normal flat shape 9 Press down firmly to secure the Velcro strip to the top of the cabinet top Velcro Strip Figure 1 2 Inserting the Pouch Under the Front Pane Trim CAUTION Do not use the D ring see Figure 1 3 on the pouch plate AN to lift the CTS 710 Using the D ring to lift the CTS 710 can pull the accessory pouch off the CTS 710 resulting in damage to the CTS 710 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 1 5 Getting Started Figure 1 3 Location of the D Ring on the Accessory Pouch 1 6 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Getting Started Setting Up the CTS 710 Before you use the CTS 710 ensure that it is properly set up and powered on To properly set up the CTS 710 do the following 1 Be sure that the environment in which you will operate the CTS 710 is within instrument specifications Specifications for temperature relative humidity altitude vibrations and emissions are included in Appendix D 2 Leave space around the CTS 710 for cooling Verify that the air intake and exhaust hole
210. ne Fine Transmit Failure set to None Fr Press INSERT ERROR to insert a single error into the transmitted signal DONE TRANSMIT POINTERS APS TRANSPORT PATH SETTINGS RE amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 47 Setting An Error Rate Setting Alarms The CTS 710 can simulate alarm conditions to test the response of the network CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 135 Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors To transmit an alarm Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter ERRORS amp Transmit alarm ALARMS set to Line FERF Path FERF m Select None to stop transmitting an alarm m Select Line AIS to transmit a Line AIS alarm m Select Line FERF to transmit a Line FERF alarm m Select Path AIS to transmit a Path AIS alarm m Select Path FERF to transmit a Path FERF alarm m Select VT AIS to transmit a VT AIS alarm 3 136 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors m Select VT FERF to transmit a VT FERF alarm m Select DSn Yellow to transmit a DSn Yellow alarm m Select DSn AIS to transmit a DSn AIS alarm m Select DS3 Idle to transmit a DS3 Idle alarm NOTE The VT AIS and VT FERF choices will be displayed only if Mapping on the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page is set to VT 1 5 Async All transmit alarm choices remain in effect until they are deliberately turned off CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 137 Setting Alarms and Inserting Errors
211. nnectors Table G 4 Overhead Channels Dropped Dropped Channel Bytes Dropped Section DCC D1 D2 D3 Line DCC D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 Section User F1 Channel Path User Channel F2 Data Rate 192 kops 576 kops 64 kops 64 kops Clock Rate 216 kHz 2 16 MHz Table G 5 summarizes the data signal pin assignments on the Overhead Add Drop port Table G 6 summarizes the additional pin assignments on the Overhead Add Drop port The signal lines listed in Table G 5 can drive 100 Q differential TTL lines The signal lines are terminated with a 100 Q impedance and can drive 100 Q lines Table G 5 Overhead Add Drop Port Data Signal Pin Assignments Signal Pin Pin Added Tx Data input 22 Added Tx Clock output 23 Tx Common ground 37 Dropped Rx Data output 24 Dropped Rx Clock output 26 Rx Connon ground 20 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix G Rear Panel Connectors Table G 6 Overhead Add Drop Port Additional Pin Assignments Signal Shield ground Signal Ground ground Reserved Tx Frane Pulse output Rx Frane Pulse output 1 The Frame Pulse signals are nominal 8 kHz TTL single ended signals BITS Timing Reference Input Use the BITS Building Integrated Timing Supply timing reference input connector to connect to a BITS reference To synchronize the CTS 710 transmit clock with a BITS reference Press Menu Selec
212. nserted Save to Disk Save File The instrument setup is saved to disk with the name specified on the Name line Status messages indicate the progress of the file save Once the file is written to disk the CTS 710 reads the disk directory and updates the file listing shown on the RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS page Recalling Instrument Setups To recall an instrument setup from memory Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS RECALL INSTRUMENT Merrory SETUPS see Figure 3 12 none Disk m Use the knob to select the desired instrument setup m To recall setups from memory rather than disk select Memory to highlight the Memory listing see Figure 3 12 m To recall setups from disk rather than memory select Disk to highlight the Disk listing 3 34 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups Tek Measurements Stopped gt ST5 3 I TEST SETUPS 5T5 3 ACTIONS lt Memory Description Recall DEFAULT FACTORY SETTINGS Setup 1 EMPTY 2 EMPTY 3 EMPTY Delete File 4 EMPTY 5 EMPTY Disk Description Memory Disk TEST CONTROL Figure 3 12 The RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS Page The disk file listing displays up to six file names at a time If more than six files are on disk the file listing automatically scrolls when you turn the knob Recalling the Default Factory Setup To recall the default factory setup in
213. nt alarm failure or error conditions that have occurred during the test The specific conditions that TroubleScan displays depends on the problems that occur in the signal during the test CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 173 Viewing Results Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 RESULTS STS 1 Results Source Current Results Results Rate STS 1 Results Mapping Equipped Test Started 20 32 00 16 Jul 95 Elapsed Time Od Oh Om TROUBLE SCAN No Alarms No Errors TEST MAIN ERROR HISTORY SAVE RECALL Siam RESULTS ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 3 57 The Test Summary Page Viewing Detailed Results You can view results either as a summary or as a history The summary format displays test results in a table The history format displays test results in a graphical format The summary format is displayed on two pages in the RESULTS menu the MAIN RESULTS page and the ERROR ANALYSIS page The MAIN RESULTS page provides an overview of test results divided into four categories Errors Failures Alarms and Pointers The ERROR ANALYSIS page displays an analysis of errors according to T1M1 Errors on the ERROR ANALYSIS page are displayed by Section Line Path VT 1 5 DSn Path or Pattern 3 174 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results Displaying an Overview of Test Results To display an overview of test results Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice
214. nts change the CTS 710 setup as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter RESULTS MAIN RESULTS none Select Choice Pointers 6 Verify that negative pointer justifications are being counted CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 17 Basic Test Procedures Performance Monitoring 3 18 When a new line is installed you may want to monitor performance for a day or so to be sure it is operating correctly Or if problems are suspected on a line you may want to run a long test to determine the cause of the problem In either case the CTS 710 makes it easy to monitor an electrical or optical line without the need for splitters During a test the CTS 710 simultaneously takes all performance measurements analyzes the results according to the TIM1 3 standard and displays the measurements and analysis in your choice of three formats m Ina brief summary m In detail by type error alarm failure m In detail by layer section line path In this example the CTS 710 is placed directly in line with a live optical signal to monitor performance in an unintrusive mode Through Mode 1 Connect the CTS 710 in line with an optical signal as shown in Figure 3 7 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures CTS 710 SONET Test Set NE NE All Signals are OC 3 Fi
215. of choices again see Figure 2 13 Pressing a button assigns List of the choice next to the button Choices to the highlighted pararreter Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 STs 1 BLES Cross Connect Signal Structure STS 1 a STS Under Test 1 Mapping Bulk Fill Equipped Receive Rate Receive Level PRBS 2423 1 Independent L Selecting nore displays additional choices Test Pattern Tx Rx Settings SIGNAL TRANSPORTI PATH STATUS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD HooIDJvDIDIoO Figure 2 13 Selecting Choices Froma List Changing Decimal Numbers Some parameters allow you to set a numeric value for them For these parameters preset choices are always provided to save you time However if the preset choices are not appropriate for your needs you can set specific values by selecting the USER DEFINED choice see Figure 2 14 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 17 Functional Overview Tek Measurements Stopped amp STS 1 TRANSMIT sTs 1 CHOICES Pointer Timing Mode Pointer Movements i Pointer Type STS Pointer MUN Pointer Control esse Set Value Pointer Value set to u Max 782 Set with New Data Flag Yes Pointer S Bits 2 00 Default 522 Illegal Max 1 USER Selecting USER DEFINED DEFINED allows you to enter a nurreric value SETTINGS etme ERRORS INTERS APS es
216. ol 10 u Pointer Control Pointer Timing Mode Continuous Pointer Sequences amp Max Sequence Type Periodic 2715 type Min sne 1000075 100 ns Defauit 1000 ns 507s 1 USER USER DEFINED BEDER Pointer Control Pointer Timing Mode Continuous Pointer Sequences Increment Increment Decrerrent Decrerrent Alternate Pointer Control Burst 2 8 Pointer Timing Mode Pointer Sequences On Off Pointer Timing Mode Pointer Sequences On Off CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps MENUS _ TEST SETUPS MIT RECEI lt E APS COMMANDS Page 1 of 3 APS Mode Kl Ful Bye Bits 1 4 Bits 5 8 K2 Ful Byte Bits 1 4 Bit 5 Bits 6 8 Transmit Setup Span Ring Setto 00000000 Setto 19171711 Default 10101010 EDIT BYTE APS Mode Ring NR No Request RR R Reverse Request Ring RR S Reverse Request Span EXER R Exerciser Ring EXER S Exerciser Span WTR Vait To Restore MS S Manual Switch Ring MS S Manual Switch Span SD R Signal Degrade Ring SD S Signal Degrade Span SD P Signal Degrade Protection SF R Signal Fail Ring SF S Signal Fail Span FS R Forced Switch Ring FS S Forced Switch Span LP S Lockout of Protection Span CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual APS Mode Span NR No Request DNR Do Not Revert RR Reverse Request Not Used EXER Exerciser Not Used WTR Vait to Restore Not Used MS Manual Swit
217. onfigured as well as the installed options and the hardware and firmware revision level To display the instrument configuration Press Menu ea Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice UTILITY INSTR CONFIG none Table 3 36 describes the lines of the INSTR CONFIG page Table 3 36 Lines of the Instrument Configuration Page Description The model number of the instrument The serial number of the instrument The version of hardware The version of fimmnere Separates information that applies to every instrurrent frominformation about optional configurations CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 199 Changing Instrument Settings Table 3 36 Lines of the Instrument Configuration Page Cont Line Description Interface Module Displays which interface module is installed Supported transmit and receive rates and wavelength of rrodule if optical DS1 DS3 Option Indicates whether the DS1 DS3 AckyDrop Test option is installed Setting the Display Brightness You can set the display brightness to three levels Low Medium and High To set the display brightness Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter MISC SETTINGS see Figure 3 66 3 200 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Changing Instrument Settings Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 TUTILITY STS 1 CHOICES Display Brightness us CE BeCPehtccccnaccnidnteeds Off Low If ON the beeper will sound when any error
218. ons Table D 5 Certifications and compliances cont Characteristic Installation Category Descriptions Description Tenrinals on this product may have different installation category designations The installation categories are CAT Ill CAT Il CAT I Distributior level mains usually permanently connected Equipment at this level is typically in a fixed industrial location Local level mains wall sockets Equiprrent at this level indludes appliances portable tools and sinilar products Equipnrent is usually corch connected Secondary signal level or battery operated circuits of electronic equipment CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual A eS es Appendix E Incoming Inspection Test The purpose of the incoming inspection test is to verify that the CTS 710 SONET Test Set is functioning properly The incoming inspection test relies on the front panel status lights to indicate the results of the test Figure E 1 shows the location of the status lights used in these procedures Yellow history lights Green lights indicate an event has indicate the occurred condition is true s TA LOS O SIGNAL PRESENT Ol LOF O PATTERN LOCK LOP O LINE AIS O O DS1 DS3 AIS LINE FERF DS1 DS3 YELLOW PATH AIS O ERROR PATH FERF O POINTER ADJ OJ VT AIS CLEAR HISTORY O VT FERF Ds CLEAR HISTORY Red lights indicate an button dears event is occuring now h
219. or alarm is detected in the received signal Medium Current Date 09 Dec 94 Current Time 09 24 26 ig High PRINTER REMOTE INSTR SELF SETUP CONTROL CONFIG TEST Figure 3 66 The MISC SETTINGS Page Turning the Beeper On and Off The CTS 710 has a beeper The beeper is used alert you when a pass fail test has completed or when certain conditions occur You can turn off the beeper if you wish To turn the beeper on or off aig Highlight Parameter MISC SETTINGS see Figure 3 66 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 201 Changing Instrument Settings Setting the Date The date is used when writing files to disk it is used to track measurement history and it is used when displaying history graphs To set the date 1 Display the current date setting as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice UTILITY MISC SETTINGS Current Date SET DATE After you select SET DATE the CTS 710 enters Edit Mode Assign the knob by selecting Year Month or Day as necessary Turn the knob to change the setting Select CANCEL to abort any changes and exit Edit Mode GY 22 bs Select DONE to enter your changes and exit Edit Mode Setting the Time The time is used when writing files to disk it is used to track measurement history and it is used when displaying history graphs To set the time 1 Display the current time as follows Press Menu ze Menu Highli
220. or set to 00000000 View Path Trace J 1 Pointer Movement Single Single pointer justification increment or decrerrent Burst Bursts of two to eight pointer justifications spaced four frames apart All adjustments within a given burst are in the sarre direction Subsequent bursts are in altemating directions Continuous Pointer justifications occur continuously at a predetenvined rate in an incrementing decrenrent ing or altemating direction Rate between moverrents 2 ns to 10s witha resolution of 1 ms Set to Value Set to a new location with or without the NDF being set Range is O to 1023 783 1023 are illegal locations Pointer Test Sequences Single pointer adjustment Tine between pointer adjustments 30 s Altemating pointer adjustment Altemating single Altemate double Pointer adjustment burst CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tine between 3 pointers is 0 5 ms 0 5175 Tine between pointer burst 30s Appendix D Specifications Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Cont Characteristic Phase transient pointer adjustment burst Description Tine between 7 pointers is 0 25 s 0 25 s 0 55 05s 05s 05s Tine between pointer burst 30 s Periodic pointer adjustment 87 3 pattem 87 3 pattem 87 3 pattem with Cancelled pointer noverrent number 87 87 3 pattem with Added pointer after the 43rd pointer Periodic pointer adjustment continuous pattem Pointer Dire
221. osssooessocess 3 1 Setting Up the CTS 710 das cess gi AAR RARE es 3 1 Network Continuity Checking 0004 3 2 Transmission Signal Quality Testing 3 4 Measuring Bit Error Rate 00 00 0000 3 4 Testing Mapping and Demapping 3 6 Fault Tolerance Checking 0 0 00 0000 3 8 Response to Errors and Alarms 0 4 3 8 Response to Pointer Movements 3 13 Response to Line Frequency Offset 3 16 Performance Monitoring 00 0002 eee eee 3 18 Setting Test Control Parameters 0 ee eeee 3 23 Setting the Test Time Duration 0 0 3 23 Setting a Unique Test Time Duration 3 24 Setting the History Resolution 0 0 3 26 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Table of Contents Starting and Stopping a Test 00 0 3 27 Making Changes While Running a Test 3 28 Actions You Cannot Perform While Running a Test 3 28 Working with Test Setups 0 cee cece cece e ees 3 31 Saving and Recalling Instrument Setups 3 31 Saving Instrument Setups 02 00 0000 3 32 Recalling Instrument Setups 0 0 3 34 Recalling the Default Factory Setup 3 35 Deleting Instrument Setups from Disk 3 36 Pass Fail
222. ou cannot transmit a DS1 signal and receive a DS3 signal When working with tributary signals you must set the mapping for transmit and receive to the same value or to Bulk Fill No Mapping For example you can transmit a DS1 signal and receive an OC 12 signal but you must set the mapping of the received signal to either Bulk Fill No Mapping or VT1 5 it cannot be set to DS3 Coupling Transmit and Receive Settings If your application requires that the transmit settings and receive settings be identical you can save time by coupling them together 3 90 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Tributary SignalPDH Transmit Parameters After they are coupled any change you make to a parameter on the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page will also be made to the correspond ing setting in the RECEIVE SETTINGS page of the RECEIVE menu The inverse is also true Available tributary Transmit rates Tek Measurements Stopped gt DS3 Transmit Rate Transmit Clock Line Clock Offset Transmit Line Code s B3ZS Framing Test Patteri asernes PRBS 2423 1 Tx RX Settings sssr Independent MORE 2of2 ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORT PATH amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 34 Tributary Transmit Rates To couple the transmit and receive settings together from the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT TYRx Set
223. ows you to control this type of testing five ways You can m Make discrete pointer movements under manual control m Make repetitive pointer movements at a rate you determine m Introduce a frequency offset in the internally generated SPE m Introduce a frequency offset in the transmit rate m Generate sequences of pointer movements Setting Pointers To set up the CTS 710 to make discrete or repetitive pointer movements 1 Specify the pointer mode as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Pointer TRANSMIT POINTERS amp Pointer Timing i TIMING Mode Moverrent The choices allow you to choose to move pointers using time parameters or with a frequency offset Selecting Pointer Movements moves pointers utilizing time parameters CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 141 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing 2 Specify the pointer type as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT POINTERS amp Pointer Type STS Pointer TIMING VT Pointer Manual Pointer Control You can move pointers under manual control using the POINTER ACTION button on the front panel To set up for this type of control use the knob to highlight the Pointer Control line There are three types of manual pointer movements Single Burst and Continuous see Figure 3 48 The choices are described in detail below some require additional setup Tek Measurem
224. panel of the CTS 710 3 84 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters 2 To configure the CTS 710 to add the external data bytes Press Menu Button Select Choice TRANSMIT None D1 D3 D4 D12 F1 m Select None if you do not want to add external data m Select D1 D3 to add data generated by an external protocol analyzer to the D1 D3 bytes of the DCC m Select D4d D12 to add data generated by an external protocol analyzer to the D4 D12 bytes of the DCC m Select F1 to add data generated by an external protocol analyzer to the F1 byte of the DCC As soon as you select which bytes to add data to the CTS 710 displays the words EXT ADD as the value for the selected bytes see Figure 3 31 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 85 Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Transmitting STS 1 with STS 1 1 under test Showing Overhead for STS 1 1 None External Add wee DCC D1 D3 E D1 D3 Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Al 11110110 az 00101000 ci 00000001 BI a kk Ok c1 00000000 r 00000000 D1 EXT ADD bz EXT ADD ps EXT ADD HI 3 30 ae ee H2 a i ee ee H3 a ac e dei we BZ om de He se ye ae sk Ki 00000000 x2 00000000 D4 00000000 ps 00000000 De 00000000 F1 p7 00000000 ps 00000000 pe 00000000 D10 00000000 D11 00000000 D12 00000000 z 00000000 z2 00000000 E2 00000000 D4 D12 F2 TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS SET
225. patterns 3 166 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Testing Automatic Protection Switching To set the bit pattern of the K2 byte one bit at a time TRANSMIT Default 10101010 EDIT BYTE m Select EDIT BYTE to set the byte to a pattern different than the preset choices The label for Bits 1 4 of the K2 byte is Channel Requesting when the mode is set to Span The label for Bits 5 8 is Source Node ID when the mode is set to Ring To set the bit pattern for the first four bits of the K2 byte Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT APS Bits 1 4 as appropriate COMMANDS under K2 FULL BYTE CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 167 Testing Automatic Protection Switching See Table 3 19 for descriptions of the preset choices Table 3 19 Choices for Bits 1 4 of the K2 Byte Main Screen Mnemonic Choice Text Bit Pattern 0000 0000 AA A 0001 0001 2 2 0010 0010 7B 8 0011 0011 A 4 0100 0100 15 5 0101 0101 16 6 0110 0110 17 7 0111 oul 18 8 1000 1000 9 2 1001 1001 0 A0 1010 1010 1 411 1011 1011 2 A2 1100 1100 3 3 1101 1101 4 44 1110 1110 5 5 1111 1111 3 168 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Testing Automatic Protection Switching The label for Bit 5 of the K2 byte is Architecture when the mode is set to Span The label for Bit 5 is Path when the mode is set to Ring
226. ped vs unequipped alarms and pattem 5 front panel setups in merrory 200 front pane setups per disk Predefined Pass Fail Tests can be created stored and executed Pass Fail tests are stored on disk 200 Pass Fail test setups per disk A DB 37 fenale connector provides the interface to an extemal protocol analyzer Clock and data signals are differential TTL conform to RS 422 specifications and are also compatible with single ended TTL signals Add Drop D1 D3 D4 D12 F1 F2 Connector 37 Pin DIN DTE and DCE Pulse at start of each frarre Tx and Rx Connector 37 Pin DIN 3 5 inch 1 44 MB DOS compatible Measurerrent Result stored in ASCII Stored Setups and Pass Fail Tests in IEEE 488 2 forat Printer Optional printer in pouch thermal HC 411 Printer support Epson HP Thinkjet Serial Printer Port RS 232 Print to disk BMP format Interleaf forat and Encapsulated PostScript Computer Interface IEEE 488 2 interface RS 232 C interface DB9 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix D Specifications Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Cont Characteristic Description Help Mode Online task oriented help Display 7 inch diagonal CRT magnetic deflection Horizontal raster scan green phosphor Resolution 640 by 480 pixels VGA output 15 pin connector CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual D 9 Appendix D Specifications Table D 2 Option 22 DS1 DS3 VT1 5 Capabilities
227. pointer adjustment continuous pattem Description continuous pattem continuous pattem with cancellation of one pointer continuous pattem with added pointer Pointer Direction Initialization Period Cool Down Period Measurements DS1 Error Count Error Rate and Error seconds for DS3 Error Count Error Rate and Error seconds for VTL5 Error Count Error Rate and Error seconds for DS1 Alarmand Failure Seconds for Positive or Negative On or Off Thirty second burst of 1 pointer per second in the sarre direction as the selected test On or Off This will last at least GO seconds Frarre Bit CRC 6 ESF only Pattem Bit Frarre Bit P Parity Bit M13 franing only C Parity Bit C Bit parity only Pattem Bit VT BIP 2 VT FEBE AIS Yellow Loss of Pattem Sync Loss of Frarre Loss of Signal DS3 Alarmand Failure Seconds for AIS DS3 Blue Yellow DS3 FERF Idle Loss of Pattem Sync Loss of Frarre Loss of Signal VTL5 Alarmand Failure Seconds for VT AIS VT FERF VT Loss of Pointer VT Loss of Multifranre CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual D 15 Appendix D Specifications Table D 2 Option 22 DS1 DS3 VT1 5 Capabilities Cont Characteristic VTL5 Pointer Measurements Description Seconds Count LOP Illegal pointers Illegal pointers Positive justifications NDF Negative justifications T1M1 3 Analysis VTL5 BIP 2 amp FEBE Seconds and Of to
228. r e test up to 24 characters long Select DONE when you are finished editing the description m Select None if you do not want to use a description m Select Clear to remove an existing description CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups 4 Enter an operator start prompt as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter TEST SETUPS SAVE PASS FAIL Operator Start m Select Default to enter the default prompt TEST IS ABOUT TO START m Select Clear to remove any previously entered prompt text m Select Preview to see how the prompt text you have entered appears in the pass fail test dialog box Select EXIT to remove the preview m Select EDIT TEXT to enter an operator start prompt up to 72 characters long The prompt appears on the display as three lines of 24 characters Select DONE when you are finished editing the prompt 3 46 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups 5 Set the test duration as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS SAVE PASS FAIL Test Duration 5 min 15 min 1 hour Continuous USER DEFINED m Select USER DEFINED to enter a time other than one of the preset choices The maximum duration is 99 days 23 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds 6 Highlight the first entry in the first column of the Fail If table see Figure 3 15 Select one of the preset choices to specify a condition type Tek
229. r End Receive Failure A FERF indicates to the transmitting LTE that the receiving LTE has detected an incoming line failure or is receiving a Line AIS ITU An acronym for the International Telecommunication Union Line The portion of a transmission line between two multiplexers Line Alarm Indication Signal AIS A Line AIS is generated by Section Terminating Equipment upon Loss of Signal or Loss of Frame Line Coding Violation CV The sum of the BIP errors detected at the Line layer Line CVs are collected using the BIP codes in the B2 bytes of the Line Overhead Line Errored Second ES A second during which at least one Line CV occurred or a second during which the line was in the Line AIS state Line Far End Receive Failure FERF An indication returned to a transmitting LTE from the receiving LTE that a Line AIS or incoming line failure has been detected Line Overhead LOH Controls the payload information using the section layer and provides alarm indications error monitoring and message signalling between two LTEs CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Gossary 3 Glossary Giossary 4 Line Severely Errored Second SES A second with N or more Line CVs or a second during which the line was in the Line AIS state The value of N varies with the transmit rate but corresponds to a 2 x 10 7 BER LOF An acronym for Loss of Frame LOP An acronym for Loss of Pointer LOS An acronym for Loss of Signal LTE
230. r Manual 2 3 Functional Overview Rear Pane Controls and Connectors VGA Video GPIB RS 232 Extemal Clock Power Port Input Optional Calibration Overhead 1 544 Mb s Connector Signal Add Drop BITS Not Used Output Port Timing Reference Input Figure 2 3 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors Front Panel Status Lights The status lights make it easy to quickly determine the condition of the received signal There are three types of front panel status lights m Green status lights Green lights indicate whether a signal is present and whether the CTS 710 has locked onto the signal m Red status lights When a red status light is on it means that the indicated event is occurring When the red light is off no event is occurring 2 4 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview m Yellow history lights Once an event has been detected a yellow history light is turned on The yellow history light shows that the associated event occurred at some time in the past Yellow history lights remain on until you reset the event history by pressing the CLEAR HISTORY button starting a new test or changing the Receive Rate Yellow history lights Green lights indicate an event has indicate the occurred condition is true m STATUS 7 LOS 9 SIGNAL PRESENT O LOF PATTERN LOCK LOP OJ LINE AIS DS1 DS3 AIS LINE FERF DS1 DS3 YELLOW O O O
231. r Setting Signal Parameters to Demultiplex a DS1 froma CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 121 Setting TributaryPDH Receive Parameters Setting the Receive Rate 3 122 To set the receive rate Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE Receive Rate as appropriate SETTINGS see Figure 3 46 m Select DS1 DS3 or DS3 gt DS1 Demux to receive a tributary rate signal Selecting DS3 gt DS1 Demux will demultiplex a DS1 signal from a received DS3 signal All measurements are made at the DS1 level except for Loss of Signal Aveilable DSn Receive Rates Tek Measurements Stopped amp D53 Receive Rate Receive Level Normal Crass Connect FEAMING occ eeeeeeectteeseceeeeees DS3 Unframed Test Pattern 1 PRBS 2423 1 TX RX Settings 0 Independent SIGNAL TRANSPORT PATH STATUS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 46 Tributary Signal Receive Rates CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting TributaryPDH Receive Parameters Independent Receive and Transmit Settings Generally you can set the receive and transmit settings independent ly For example you can receive an electrical signal at the DS3 rate while simultaneously transmitting an optical signal at the OC 3 rate However when working with tributary signals the transmit and receive parameters are not completely independent You cannot transmit a DS1 signal and receive a DS3 sign
232. r justifications Depending on the clock rate of the NE some negative pointer justifications are also possible CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 15 Basic Test Procedures Response to Line Frequency Offset Pointers also accommodate differences in line frequency from one NE to another In this example the CTS 710 transmits a signal at an offset line frequency to an NE and measures the response 1 Connect the CTS 710 to an NE as shown in Figure 3 6 CTS 710 SONET Test Set All Signals are STS 3 Figure 3 6 Setup to Check Line Frequency Offset Response 3 16 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures 2 Set up the CTS 710 as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS RECALL DEFAULT Recall Setup INSTRUMENT FACTORY SETUPS SETTINGS TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Rate STS 3 SETTINGS Tx Rx Settings Coupled TRANSMIT POINTERS amp Pointer Tirring Frequency Offset TIMING Mode Offset Mode Line Frequency Offset Stress 4 6 pom RESULTS MAIN RESULTS none Errors 3 Press the START STOP button on the CTS 710 so that the START STOP light is on 4 Verify that there are no errors in the MAIN RESULTS display When the front panel ERROR light is not on it also indicates there are no errors in the received signal 5 To check that the NE is generating pointer moveme
233. racter field that describes the test m Operator Start Prompt An optional 72 character field that is displayed at the beginning of the test You can use the operator start prompt to provide instruction to the operator prior to the beginning of the test m Test Duration A required parameter that sets the length of the test m Fail If conditions The specific conditions that define whether a test has failed m Operator End Prompt An optional 72 character field that is displayed at the end of the test You can use the operator end prompt to provide instruction to the operator after the test is completed m On Test Completion A required parameter that defines the action to be taken when a test completes Fail If Conditions A Fail If condition is what determines if a test passes or fails There are three elements to a Fail If condition condition type specific condition and threshold see Table 3 4 The condition type describes the general condition that indicates a test has failed For each condition type except None there is list of specific conditions and thresholds used to determine when a test fails None indicates that no condition type has been assigned The specific condition describes the type of failure used to determine when a test fails The specific conditions that define a failure depend on the condition type see Table 3 4 The threshold is the level at which a test fails see Table 3 4 For example
234. raphs bar graphs line graphs and on off graphs Bar Graphs Bar graphs are used for most measurements see Figure 3 58 There are two kinds of bar graphs a count graph that displays code violations and pointer justifications and an errored seconds graph that displays errored seconds Table 3 31 lists the different bar graphs that can be displayed Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 STS 1 Minimum Res 1 min Cursor at 17 45 on 15 Mar 95 CTIONS Section B1 Errored Secs Zoom In 1000 mins 100 10 Zoom Out o ho hu Ga 00 16 00 20 00 00 00 Show Path B3 Errored Secs Next Top 1000 Change 100 Top 1g Change 0 Bottom 00 16 00 20 00 00 00 TEST MAIN ERROR SAVE RECALL SUMMARY RESULTS ANALYSIS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 3 58 Bar Graphs Showing Code Violations and Errored Seconds CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results Table 3 31 Measurements Displayed as Bar Graphs Measurement Section B1 Error Counts Section B1 Errored Secs Line B2 Error Counts Line B2 Errored Secs Line FEBE Error Counts Path B3 Error Courts Path B3 Errored Secs Path FEBE Error Counts Pattem Error Courts Pattem Errored Secs STS Pointer J ustifications VT Pointer J ustifications VT BIP2 Emors VT BIP2 Errored Secs VT FEBE Eror Count VT FEBE Errored Secs CRC Parity Errored Seconds Frane Errored Seconds Line Graphs A line graph is used to display pointer movement history see Figure 3
235. right text 2 16 Burst 3 153 3 155 Pointer Control 3 143 Burst Size POINTERS amp TIM ING 3 143 buttons AUTOSCAN 3 55 CLEAR HISTORY 2 5 3 60 HELP 2 12 INSERT ERROR 3 133 menu 2 11 ON STBY 1 9 1 10 POINTER ACTION 3 142 principal power switch 1 9 PRINT 3 197 START STOP 3 27 3 49 C Change Bottom HISTORY GRAPHS 3 191 Change Top HISTORY GRAPHS 3 190 changing See editing Index 1 Index Channel Requesting APS COM MANDS 3 165 3 167 checking APS response 3 161 continuity 3 2 error and alarm response 3 8 fault tolerance 3 8 line frequency offset response 3 16 mapping and demapping 3 6 pointer movements 3 13 signal quality 3 4 Clear Description SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 45 SAVE RESULTS 3 193 Name SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 45 SAVE RESULTS 3 192 Operator End Prompt 3 48 Operator Start Prompt 3 46 CLEAR HISTORY button 2 5 3 60 Company Name PRINTER SET UP 3 206 connecting signals 2 13 connectors front panel 2 3 rear panel 2 4 Continuous Test Duration 3 23 controls front panel 2 2 Cool Down Period 3 152 Cool Down Time POINTERS amp TIMING 3 159 cooling requirements 1 7 Index 2 Coupled Tx Rx Settings RECEIVE SETTINGS 3 102 3 123 TRANSMIT SETTINGS 3 66 3 91 coupling settings 3 65 3 101 Current Date MISC SETTINGS 3 202 Current Time MISC SETTINGS 3 202 D D1 D3 External Add 3 85 External Drop 3 118 D4
236. s equal to tine between pointers X 27 x N where N is selected to be the smallest integer that makes this product gt 30s Single Altemating single pointer nnoverrent The tine between pointer Altemating rmroverrerts is 30s Double Altemating double pointer nroverrent The tine between the double Altemating pointer noverrents is 2 ns and the tine between each pair of pointer rroverrerts is 30s Table 3 14 Availability of Pointer Sequences Pointer Sequence STS VT1 5 Single Y Y Burst Y Yv Phase Transient Vv Vv CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 155 Setting Pointers and Changing Timing Table 3 14 Availability of Pointer Sequences Cont Mapping Pointer Sequence mx ve Periodic Continuous Y Vv Periodic Continuous with Cancel Vv Periodic Continuous with Add Vv peed 673 pake Ef Vik Corea rr paoa Z T y Periodic 26 1 With Cancel Po Vv Periodic 26 1 With Add Po Vv sige Aten 7 Dane Atomer 7 Starting Pointer Sequences To set up the CTS 710 to make generate pointer sequences 1 Specify the pointer mode as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT POINTERS amp Pointer Timing Pointer TIMING Mode Sequences The choices allow you to move pointers using time parameters with a frequency offset or in sequences Selecting Pointer Sequences moves pointers in sequential patterns 3 156 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Pointers and Changing Ti
237. s on the sides of the cabinet where the fan operates are free of any airflow obstructions Leave at least 5 cm 2 in free on each side WARNING To avoid electrical shock be sure that the power cord is disconnected before checking the fuse 3 Check the fuse to be sure it is the proper type and rating see Figure 1 4 The CTS 710 works with one of two fuses depending on the AC supply Each fuse requires its own cap see Table 1 1 The CTS 710 is shipped with the UL approved fuse installed CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 17 Getting Started e00 eo G Figure 1 4 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors Used in Setup Table 1 1 Fuse and Fuse Cap Part Numbers Fuse Cap Tektronix Fuse Part Number 0 25in X L25in 200 2264 XX UL 198 6 3AG 5A FAST 250V 5nmX 20nm 159 0255 XX 200 2265 XX IEC 127 4A 250 V 1 8 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Getting Started 4 Check that you have the proper electrical connections The CTS 710 power requirements are listed in Table 1 2 Table 1 2 Power Requirements Voltage Range 90 132 V 180 250 V 5 Connect the proper power cord from the rear panel power connector see Figure 1 4 to the power system Turning On the CTS 710 To properly turn on the CTS 710 1 Check that the rear panel principal power switch is on The principal power switch controls all AC power to the instrument
238. safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures To avoid potential hazards use this product only as specified Injury Precautions Use Proper Power Cord To avoid fire hazard use only the power cord specified for this product Avoid Electric Overload To avoid electric shock or fire hazard do not apply a voltage to a terminal that is outside the range specified for that terminal Ground the Product This product is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord To avoid electric shock the grounding conductor must be connected to earth ground Before making connections to the input or output terminals of the product ensure that the product is properly grounded Do Not Operate Without Covers To avoid electric shock or fire hazard do not operate this product with covers or panels removed Use Proper Fuse To avoid fire hazard use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual xvii General Safety Summary Do Not Operate in Wet Damp Conditions To avoid electric shock do not operate this product in wet or damp conditions Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmosphere To avoid injury or fire hazard do not operate this product in an explosive atmosphere Wear Eye Protection To avoid eye injury wear eye protection if there is a possibility o
239. sages Invalid history data format in file You recalled a file that does not contain data in the correct format This occurs when a file is recalled that happens to have the correct extension for a history file and thus shows up on the RECALL RESULTS page even though it is not a CTS 710 history file Loss of added signal You have selected an externally generated tributary signal but no valid signal is present Loss of external clock You have selected an external clock source that does not have a valid clock source attached Measurements are running recall not allowed You tried to recall instrument setups from memory or disk while a test is running Wait until the test is completed and then recall the file Measurements are running results cannot be saved You attempted to save results to disk while a test was running Wait until the test is completed and then save the results to disk No Result file with RES extension found This message appears when you select Disk on the RECALL RESULTS page but the disk does not contain any results files Not available without tributary option The requested action requires that the Add Drop Test tributary option be installed No Test file with TST extension found This message appears when you select Disk on the RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS page but the disk does not contain any pass fail test files Numeric value greater than maximum limit You attempted to enter a numeric va
240. se stating whether or not the CTS 710 encountered the specified errors during the test When a pass fail test completes the CTS 710 displays a message stating that either the test passed or failed Pass fail tests are set up in the TEST SETUPS menu on the SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS page see Figure 3 14 A pass fail test consists of instrument setup information and the parameters described in Parameters of a Pass Fail Test Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 TEST SETUPS STS 1 CHOICES Set up the instrument as required Then fill out the parameters below and save your test to disk TEST XX INSITE RESERVERNE DEERE ERSDES Description 1 Clear Operator Start Prompt Test Duration 2 Od Oh 15m Os None None None il If None None None Fal None None None None None None Operator End Promplt On Test Completion E Save to Disk TEST RECALL RECALL SAVE INSTRUMENT PASS FAIL INSTRUMEN T SETUPS Do Nothing EDIT NAME Figure 3 14 The SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS Page Parameters of a Pass Fail Test A pass fail test has the following parameters some parameters are optional m Name The name of the test a mandatory parameter It can be up to eight characters long The name of the test also serves as the file name for the test when you save it to disk Working with Test Setups NOTE A pass fail test can only be saved on disk It cannot be saved in memory m Description An optional 24 cha
241. smitted K1 and K2 bytes directly from the TRANSPORT OVERHEAD page To transmit new K1 and K2 bytes Press Menu Button Select Choice TRANSMIT APS Transmit Setup Transmit User COMMANDS Setup Transmit Default Transmit Illegal NOTE You cannot transmit new values for the KI or K2 bytes when the CTS 710 is transmitting a Line AIS or Line FERF m Select Transmit User Setup to change the value of the K1 and K2 bytes to that shown under USER SETUP m Select Transmit Default to change all the bits in the K1 and K2 bytes to zeros m Select Transmit Illegal to change all the bits in the K1 and K2 bytes to ones When you select an action from the Transmit Setup line the TRANSMIT column is updated CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 171 Testing Automatic Protection Switching Viewing the Network Response to APS Commands 3 172 To view the network response to APS commands Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT APS none none COMMANDS The network response to APS commands appears under the column labeled RECEIVE on the APS COMMANDS page see Fig ure 3 56 The RECEIVE Column Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 I TRANSMIT STS 1 APS Mode eccccssssseesessssecesseseee Span Network Transmit USER SETUP TRANSMITN RECEIVE K1 Full Byte eee eeeceeeseseeeee 11010011 1101001 11010011 SF HP SF HP SF HP 3 3 3 00111111001111 417001
242. sponsible for paying all shipping charges duties taxes and any other charges for products returned to any other locations This warranty shall not apply to any defect failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate maintenance and care Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a to repair damage resulting from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install repair or service the product b to repair damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment or c to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TEKTRONIX RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Table of Contents General Safety Summary 0 ccc cece cece e ees Pretace ints dec wecosia sfecctiors so
243. st results to disk 1 Name the test results file as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter RESULTS SAVE RESULTS Narre RESLT XX see Figure 3 63 m If you wish to name the results file as RESLT lt Number gt you can save time by selecting RESLT_XX Once you select RESLT_XX select EDIT NAME and edit XX to the desired number or letter Select DONE when you are finished editing the setup name m Select Clear to remove an existing name A message appears to remind you that you cannot save results to disk without a name CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Viewing Results Select EDIT NAME to enter a name other than RESLT XX for the pass fail test Select DONE when you are finished editing the test name Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 RESULTS sTs 1 CHOICES The results of the last two tests are stored in memory For a permanent record they must be saved to disk RESLT_XX Description uu eeeccsssssesescesneiees Clear Save To Disk a Memory Start Time Date Duration Current 09 22 39 09 Dec 94 Od Oh Om Previous 09 20 26 09 Dec 94 Od Oh Om EDIT NAME TEST MAIN ERROR HISTORY RECALL SUMMARY RESULTS ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS Figure 3 63 The SAVE RESULTS Page 2 Enter a description of the test results file as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RESULTS SAVE RESULTS Description EDIT TEXT None Clear m Sele
244. sts that display a message indicating whether the completed test encountered any of the specified failure conditions Up to four failure conditions can be specified in a pass fail test Pass fail tests can be configured to save test results to disk or to print out the test results when the test completes Saving and Recalling Instrument Setups Instrument setups are files stored in memory or on disk that define how the CTS 710 is configured If you regularly set up the CTS 710 in the same way you can save the instrument settings in an instrument setup Then you can recall the instrument setup whenever you want the CTS 710 configured a certain way This capability saves you time and minimizes the chances of error when setting up the CTS 710 for standard tasks NOTE Instrument setups saved to memory are retained when the instrument is turned off Instrument setups are retained in memory even if power is removed from the CTS 710 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 31 Working with Test Setups Saving Instrument Setups To save an instrument setup 1 Set up the CTS 710 as desired Set all instrument parameters as required 2 To save an instrument setup to disk it must have a name Enter a file name as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS SAVE SETUP XX INSTRUMENT SETUPS see Figure 3 11 EDIT NAME m If you wish to label the setup file as SETUP lt Number
245. t Parameter Select Choice Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 Stop Bits 1 2 Parity None Odd Even Hardware Off Handshake On Software None Handshake Xor Xoff Data Carrier of Detect On Tx Delay o Seconds 1 5 Inc Dec CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Changing Instrument Settings Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Tx Tenvinator LF CR CR LF LF CR m For Tx Delay select one of the preset choices or use Inc and Dec to specify a value different from the preset choices m The maximum value for Tx Delay is 60 The minimum value is 0 Running Instrument Self Tests The CTS 710 provides self contained tests that can be run any time you suspect the CTS 710 may not be performing properly The only test you might need to perform is the Power up Self Test The other self tests available for selection are for servicing the instrument Complete details on the self tests are located in the CTS 710 SONET Test Set amp CTS 750 SDH Test Set Service manual 3 210 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Changing Instrument Settings Running the Power Up Self Test To run the power up self test Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice UTILITY Self Test Group Power up Self Test Self Test Loop Once Self Test Control Run m Select Abort to stop a self test in progress If your CTS 710 fails the self test contact the nearest Tektronix Ser
246. t This treatment should be consistent from one end of the network to the other A loopback at the far end of the network would then allow a sole CTS 710 to transmit a PRBS across the payload channel and verify the error performance of the entire link from end to end Mapping a Tributary Signal Add Drop Test Option Only To map a tributary signal you first set the Mapping to the appropri ate tributary mapping as described in the previous section When mapping a signal you must also specify the payload The payload can be either an external signal connected to the appropriate IN connector on the front panel or an internally generated signal Mapping a Tributary with VT1 5 Floating Async Payload Mapping When you use the VT1 5 Floating Async mapping you must also specify the virtual tributary under test and payload see Figure 3 26 3 72 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters Tek Measurements Stopped eer TRANSMIT STS 3 CHOICES Transmit Rate ccccsssecens ST5 3 Bulk Fill No Mapping Transmit Clock Internal Equipped Cross Connect eee Soren Bulk Fill 3 xSTS 1 No Mapping 1 Unequipped Transmit Level Signal Structure STS Under Test Mapping VTLS VT Under Test 1 Group 1 VT 1 ASYNG Payload DS1 Unframed Test Pattern PRBS 2423 1 DS3 Background Pattern QRSS 2420 1 Tx RX Settings css Coupled ERRORS P
247. t Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Clock BITS SETTINGS CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual G7 Appendix G Rear Panel Connectors G8 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual EEE eee Appendix H Changing Optical Port Connectors The following procedures are discussed in this appendix m Cleaning the Optical Ports m Changing the Optical Port Connectors Cleaning the Optical Ports If the CTS 710 performance appears degraded the optical fiber and optical port may be dirty Clean the fiber connector with a clean cloth To clean an optical port 1 Verify that the CTS 710 has been turned off with the principal power switch on the rear panel 2 Remove the four screws that attach the bulkhead connector to the front panel see Figure H 1 3 Gently pull the bulkhead out of the unit and unscrew the fiber connector Be careful not to pull beyond the fiber slack 4 Using a soft lint free cloth with a high quality glass cleaner clean the tip of the fiber cable 5 If available use low pressure compressed air or canned air to blow any dirt out of the bulkhead connector If compressed air is not available then the bulkhead will have to be taken apart and cleaned Refer to the Changing the Optical Port Connectors procedure on page H 2 for information about bulkhead disassembly 6 After cleaning the bulkhead reconnect the fiber and install the bulkhead Be sure to reinstall t
248. t Overhead Bytes To view transport overhead bytes 1 Display the transport overhead as follows Press Menu Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE none none If you are receiving a line rate higher than the SONET basic level rates STS 1 or OC 1 you must indicate which overhead at the STS 1 level you want to display CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 115 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters 2 Select the columns you wish to display as follows Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter Viewing Path Overhead Bytes To view path overhead bytes 1 Display the path overhead as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter RECEIVE TRANSPORT OVERHEAD NOTE The choices available depend on the mapping of the received signal m Select VT1 5 Overhead to display the V5 overhead byte Displaying the J1 Path Trace Message To view the Path Trace Message Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE PATH none none OVERHEAD see Figure 3 41 3 116 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters Displaying the V5 Byte To view the V5 byte Press Menu naga Highlight Button Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE VTL5 Overhead OVERHEAD see Figure 3 41 Tek Measurements Stopped gt oc l RECEIVE oc 1 CHOICES Receiving OC 1 with STS 1 1 under test STS Path Overhead View u Overhead External Drop
249. t Set Hello how are 00000010 you ae 00000000 00000000 F1 11111100 00000000 00000000 00000000 F2 RECEIVE SIGNAL TRANSPORT Eal STATUS eee Figure 3 43 Dropping the User Channel Data Byte CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 119 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters Controlling the Display Update To pause or continue overhead byte updating Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE PATH Pause Control Pause OVERHEAD 3 120 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual a SSS Setting Tributary Receive Parameters This section describes how to manually set the receive rate receive level framing and test pattern for tributary signals Pressing AUTOSCAN sets the receive parameters automatically based on the received signal Steps for Setting Parameters The sequence of steps for setting receive parameters varies with signal to be received Figure 3 44 shows the sequence of steps required to set the receive parameters for tributary signals for example DS3 Figure 3 45 shows the sequence of steps required to set the receive parameters for demultiplexing a DS1 signal from a DS3 signal Set Set Set Test S amp lew gt Framing Pattem Figure 3 44 Sequence for Setting Tributary Signal Parameters Set Set DS3 Set DS1 Set DS1 Set Test Set level gt gt Rate Framing Under Test Franing Pattem Figure 3 45 Sequence fo
250. t pattern description changes to show the selected bit pattern Edit the bits of the word as needed m Select Unknown when you do not know what test pattern is being transmitted or when the test pattern is not stable The demultiplexed DS1 signal will be delivered to the DS1 OUT connector on the front panel CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 109 Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters Demapping a Tributary Signal Add Drop Test Option Only To demap and test a tributary signal you set Mapping to the appropriate tributary mapping NOTE The CTS 710 cannot demap a tributary signal and transmit a tributary signal at the same time When you use tributary signal mapping you must also specify the virtual tributary under test and payload see Figure 3 39 Tek Measurements Stopped Receive Rate S 1 Receive Level ross Connect Map ping Signal Structure STS 1 No STS Under Test in il Mapping Mapping ET VT Under Test 1 Group 1 VT 1 VT1 5 Payload DS1 Unframed Asyne Tributary Drop Off DS3 Test Pattern PRBS 2423 1 eae Tx Rx Settings Independent DS3 gt D51 Demux SIGNAL TRANSPORT PATH STATUS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 3 39 Setting Tributary Mapping To specify the VT Under Test and set the payload 6 Specify the VT Under Test as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice RECEIVE RECEIVE VT Under Test as
251. tal tine DS1 Frane Error SF amp CRC 6 Error ESF Seconds and of total tine DS3 P Bit Error M13 amp C Parity Error C Bit Parity Seconds and of total tine DS1 DS3 Payload Pattem Bit Errors Seconds and of total tine LEDs Status Indicators Histograms for DS1 DS3 and VT1 5 DS1 DS3 VTL 5 Error Count Bit Error Rate and Errored Seconds Error Court ES ES A ES B SES UAS EFS FEBE Count FEBE ES FEBE UAS FEBE EFS Error Count ES ES A ES B SES UAS EFS Error Count ES ES A ES B SES UAS EFS Error Court ES ES A ES B SES UAS EFS VT AIS DS1 DS3 AIS VT FERF DS1 DS3 YELLOW VT BIP 2 ERROR DS1 DS3 ERROR CRC Frane Parity VT BIT2 VI FEBE Pattem Bit DS1 DS3 VTL 5 Alanrs amp Fail ures On Off LOS LOF AIS Yellow FERF VT LOP VT AIS VT FERF VT LOM Pattem Loss Loss of Power VTL5 Pointers VT Pointer Value Pointer J ustification Measurerrent Utilities Measurerrent Control D 16 Manual Start Stop Tirred 1 s to 99 days with 1 s resolution Continuous CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix D Specifications Table D 2 Option 22 DS1 DS3 VT1 5 Capabilities Cont Characteristic Description Histogram Display Resolution Imn 5 nin 15 min 1 hour displays 72 hours with 1 min resolution 15 min 60 nin 4hrs 12 hs displays 45 days with 15 min resolution Result Logging All rreasurerrents are recorded with start stop tine
252. ter Movement Description VTL5 Pointer Interaction VTL5 or STS but not both at the sane tine Single Bust Continuous Set to Value VT Pointer Test Sequences Single pointer adjustment Altemating pointer adjustment Pointer adjustment burst Single pointer justification increment or decrerrend Bursts of two to eight pointer justifications spaced four multi frarres apart All adjustments within a given burst are in the sarre direction Subsequent bursts are in altemating directions Pointer justifications occur continuously ata predetenrined rate in an increrrenting decrement ing or altemating direction Rate between moverrents 48 ns to 1s witha resolution of 1 ms Set to a new location with or without the NDF being set Range is from0 to 1023 104 1023 are illegal locations Tine between pointer adjustrrents 30 s Single Double Tine between 3 pointers is 2 ms 2115 Tine between pointer burst 30s Phase transient pointer adjust ment burst Tine between 7 pointers is 0 25 s 0 25 s 0 55 05s 0 5s 05s Tine between pointer burst 30s Periodic pointer adjustment test sequence 26 1 pattem D 14 26 1 pattem 26 1 pattem with Canceled pointer movement number 26 26 1 pattem with Added pointer after the 13th pointer CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix D Specifications Table D 2 Option 22 DS1 DS3 VT1 5 Capabilities Cont Characteristic Periodic
253. the Network Response to APS Commands 3 172 Viewing Results io c ie s e svenske SENE NERE 3 173 Viewing a Summary of Results 0004 3 173 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual v Table of Contents Viewing Detailed Results 0 000 3 174 Displaying an Overview of Test Results 3 175 Displaying an Analysis of Test Results 3 177 Viewing Measurement Histories 0 0 3 181 Types of Graphs sse ccs se ads bee daw edad 3 182 Elements of the History Graph Display 3 186 Graph Name s pe reie aserne se chee dade ASES 3 186 History Resolution 0 00 0 0 eee eee ee 3 186 Power Out Indicator 0 00 00 eee eee eee 3 187 CUISOR ick cake Wess A ads hago whan 3 187 Cursor Positions secs sa ee ieee ae daa haw whats 3 187 Measurement Results at Cursor Position 3 187 Zooming History Graphs 0 0 0 2 ee eee ee 3 188 Panning History Graphs 0 0 0 0 000 02s e ee 3 190 Changing the Displayed History Graph 3 190 Displaying Mini Graphs 0000 3 191 Saving and Recalling Results 0 0 3 192 Saving Test Results to Disk 0 0000 3 192 Recalling Test Results from Disk 3 194 Deleting Test Results from Disk 3 195 Recalling Test Results from Memory
254. the payload map on the Pattern line for example PRBS 2423 1 If the CTS 710 is unable to find a pattern within the signal it displays Unknown on the Pattern line The CTS 710 will display Unframed or Framed on the Framing line To scan every VT in the received signal select Scan All VTs As the CTS 710 scans the signal it will indicate for each VT whether it has detected an alarm whther the VT is equipped and whether a test pattern was found in the VT The key which describes each of the indicators is located in the lower right corner of the AutoScan dialog box see Figures 3 19 and 3 20 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 57 Checking Signal Status This shows that an alannwes P RER i Alarm This rreans the VT is equipped That is E Equipped the signal label in the V5 byte is not zero indicating that the VT is probably carrying Test Pattern Nie This means the transmitted test pattem wes found in the VT Figure 3 20 The Meaning of the Icons in the Autoscan Dialog Box You exit the AUTOSCAN dialog box by selecting EXIT When you exit the AUTOSCAN dialog box the receiver settings are set to match the active channel most recently selected Printing the AutoScan Dialog Box You can print the AutoScan dialog box by selecting Print This prints the displayed dialog box using the settings on the PRINTER SETUP page of the UTILITY menu The printout takes about two minutes Viewing the Signal State Thr
255. ting 5T5 1 with 5T5 1 1 under test i Overhead View STS Path Overhead Select this ce External Add esses None to delete the selected character Delete Path Overhead Path Trace Message A USER Tektronix CTS 710 SONET Select either of FIO Test Set Hello how are O gt these choices to 00000001 eae KEKEREKE move the 00000000 cam highlight within oko kK ko kk a 00000000 J thetet string 00000000 00000000 DONE TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS EE ovo SETTINGS re amp TIMING a na SE Select DONE when you are finished editing text The highlighted character is the character that will be changed when Enter is selected Figure 2 19 Editing a Text String Working with the Disk Drive Use the disk drive in the CTS 710 to save instrument setups pass fail tests measurement results and measurement histories The CTS 710 reads disks formatted in MS DOS format It reads only 1 44 MB disks The CTS 710 does not format disks Files written to disk consist of four types as shown in Table 2 2 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 223 Functional Overview 2 24 Table 2 2 CTS 710 Disk File Types File Type File Extension Instrument Setups Conplete description of instru SET ment settings Pass Fail Tests Conplete description of instru TST ment settings operator pron pts and Fail If conditions An ASCII file listing the results RES of a test Measurement History Binary file containing th
256. tings Coupled SETTINGS CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 91 Setting Tributary SignalPDH Transmit Parameters NOTE When settings are coupled from the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page the receive parameters are changed to match the transmit parameters Conversely when settings are coupled from the RECEIVE SETTINGS page the transmit parameters are changed to match the receive parameters Notice that the signal status icons in the upper right corner of the display changed to reflect the coupling of the settings To change transmit and receive settings so that they are no longer coupled Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT TYRx Settings Independent SETTINGS Notice that the signal status icons in the upper right corner of the display changed to indicate that the settings are no longer coupled Setting the Transmit Clock To specify the transmit clock Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Transmit Clock Intemal SETTINGS Recovered Extemal BITS Extemal DSn m Select Internal to set the transmit clock to the internal clock 3 92 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting Tributary SignalPDH Transmit Parameters m Select Recovered to use the clock recovered from an incoming signal m Select External BITS to use the clock signal from an external BITS reference Attach the external BITS reference to
257. to overwrite the 3 52 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Working with Test Setups existing file To overwrite the file select Overwrite If you do not want to overwrite the file select Cancel Deleting a Pass Fail Test from Disk Delete a pass fail test from disk as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TEST SETUPS RECALL select file narne Delete File PASS FAIL TESTS m If necessary select Disk from the list of actions to display the names of the files on disk see Figure 3 17 Tek Measurements Stopped gt STS 1 TEST SETUPS STs 1 ACTIONS H Disk Description Recall amp BER_STS3 A 15 minute BER test Run Test DEMO_105 A 10 second demo test FEER Delete File Disk CONTROL Figure 3 17 Selecting a Pass Fail Test for Deleting After you select Delete status messages appear indicating the progress of the file deletion The file list updates after the file is deleted CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 53 Working with Test Setups 3 54 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual EAS Checking Signal Status This section describes how to use the CTS 710 to check signal status The CTS 710 continuously monitors the input signal for alarms errors and failures and provides indicators for the current signal status as well as indicating the history of the signal status Viewing Signal Structure The quickest way to view the structure of
258. transmit end of the signal cable to the RECEIVE connector on the CTS 710 2 Connect the receive end of the signal cable to the TRANSMIT connector on the CTS 710 Connecting DS1 DS3 Electrical Signals To connect DS1 DS3 electrical signals to the CTS 710 1 Connect the transmit end of the signal cable to the IN connector for the appropriate rate on the CTS 710 2 Connect the receive end of the signal cable to the OUT connector for the appropriate rate on the CTS 710 Initiating Autoscan Autoscan is a feature that automatically scans the received signal and changes the CTS 710 receive settings to match the received signal Autoscan is the quickest way to set up the CTS 710 to view a signal To initiate autoscan press the AUTOSCAN front panel button For detailed information on the AUTOSCAN function see Checking Signal Status on page 3 55 Changing Parameters Most of the menu pages in the CTS 710 contain parameters or settings that you can change The choices available for a parameter appear in four ways examples in parentheses m Asa list Test Pattern PRBS 2423 1 PRBS 2420 1 m Asa decimal number Frequency Offset 74 3 ppm m Asa binary number Z1 Byte 10101111 m Asa text string File Name TEST 34 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 2 15 Functional Overview 2 16 Selecting Parameters To change a parameter use the knob to highlight it As you turn the knob the display highlight moves from param
259. u can specify two lines of text to be included on any printout The two lines of text identify the user name and the company name Specifying the Printer or File Type To set the printer or file type Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter m Select To Disk BMP Format to print a file to disk in Windows bitmap format m Select To Disk leaf Format to print a file to disk in Interleaf image format m Select To Disk EPS Format to print a file to disk in Encapsu lated PostScript format Setting RS 232 Parameters To determine the correct RS 232 settings for your printer refer to the manual that came with your printer 3 204 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Changing Instrument Settings To set the RS 232 parameters for the printer CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 205 Changing Instrument Settings Setting the Print User amp Company Text You can have the CTS 710 include text on a printout that identifies the user name and company name Including this text is optional To set the user name and company name Select Menu Highlight Page Parameter PRINTER Print User amp SETUP Company m The User Name and Company Name fields are 20 characters long Select DONE when you are finished editing the name Setting Remote Control Parameters You can control the CTS 710 using a General Purpose Interface Bus GPIB or an RS 232 connection For information on remote control commands refer to the CTS
260. upported 3 204 printing results 3 196 Programmer Manual xxii R reading disk file names 2 24 Recall RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS 3 50 Recall Result RECALL RE SULTS 3 194 3 196 Recall Setup RECALL INSTRU MENT SETUPS 3 34 3 35 RECEIVE APS COMMANDS 3 172 RECEIVE button 2 11 Receive Level RECEIVE SET TINGS 3 103 3 124 Receive Rate RECEIVE SET TINGS 3 100 3 122 receive settings coupled vs inde pendent 3 101 Received Optical Power SIGNAL STATUS 3 114 Received Peak Voltage SIGNAL STATUS 3 114 Recovered Transmit Clock 3 68 3 93 red lights 2 4 3 60 Reference programmer xxii Reference manual xxii repackaging for shipment I 1 Index 10 Reset Overhead J1 byte PATH OVERHEAD 3 83 TRANSPORT OVERHEAD 3 79 RESLT_XX Name SAVE RE SULTS 3 192 results displaying 3 175 3 177 RESULTS button 2 11 Ring APS COMMANDS 3 161 RR APS COMMANDS 3 164 RR R APS COMMANDS 3 163 RR S APS COMMANDS 3 163 RS 232 connector G 3 RS 232 parameters 3 208 Run Self Test Control 3 211 Rx Common Overhead Add Drop Port G 6 Rx Frame Pulse Overhead Add Drop Port G 7 S S Bits Pointers Pointers amp Tim ing 3 146 Save Current Disk Operation SAVE RESULTS 3 194 Save File Disk Operation 3 52 SAVE PASS FAIL TESTS 3 49 SAVE INSTRUMENT SETUPS 3 34 Save Previous Disk Operation SAVE RESULTS 3 194 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Index
261. urce Current Results Results Rate STS 3 Results Mapping Equipped Test Started 20 41 00 16 Jul 95 Elapsed Time Od Oh Om TROUBLE SCAN No Alarms No Errors MAIN ERROR HISTORY SAVE RECALL RESULTS ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS RESULTS Figure 2 25 The Message Line and Test Status Indicator Inserting Errors Now that the test is running you will insert some errors and see how the CTS 710 responds To set the error insertion parameters first display the ERRORS amp ALARMS page as follows Press Menu Button TRANSMIT ALARMS see Figure 2 26 2 34 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Tutorial Tek Running Od Oh Om 353s FF sTs 3 TRANSMIT C 1 le Section B1 BIP Error Type set to None Error Rate set to None Transmit Alarm set to None Section B1 Transmit Failure set to None i Line B2 E Press INSERT ERROR to insert a single error into the transmitted signal Path B3 more 10f3 TRANSMIT POINTERS APS TRANSPORT PATH SETTINGS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD Figure 2 26 The ERRORS amp ALARMS Page of the TRANSMIT Menu There are two ways to insert errors into the transmitted signal You can insert errors one at a time or you can set a rate at which the CTS 710 inserts errors automatically Before inserting errors you must specify the type of error to be inserted You specify the type of error to be inserted with the Error type set to parameter To set
262. ure Under Test Mapping Set Payload Set Background eens Mee Either external Set Test Pattern Mapping VT1 5 gt A i Async only add or internally Pattem Mapping VT1 5 generated Async only Figure 3 23 Sequence for Setting SONET Signal Parameters When Mapping a Tributary Signal Setting the Transmit Rate To set the transmit rate Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice TRANSMIT Transit Rate as appropriate see Figure 3 24 on page 3 65 m Select STS 1 STS 3 OC 1 OC 3 or OC 12 to transmit a SONET signal m Select DS1 or DS3 to transmit a tributary signal See page 3 89 for details on setting tributary signal parameters NOTE Even though there are output connectors for both SONET and tributary signals on the CTS 710 front panel the CTS 710 can transmit only one type of signal at a time Independent Transmit and Receive Settings Generally you can set the transmit and receive settings independent ly For example you can receive an electrical signal at the STS 1 3 64 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SDHSONET Transmit Parameters rate while simultaneously transmitting an optical signal at the OC 3 rate However when working with tributary and DSn signals the transmit and receive parameters are not completely independent You cannot transmit a DS1 signal and receive a DS3 signal When working with tributary signals you must set the mapp
263. urerrent Control Histogram Display Resolution Description Error Court ES ES A ES B SES UAS EFS LOS LOF LOP Line AIS Line FERF Path Als Path FERF Errors Pointer Adjust Signal Present Pattem Lock B1 B2 B3 Line FEBE Path FEBE Pattem Bit LOS OOF LOF SPE LOP Line AIS Line FERF Path AlS Path FERF Pattem Loss Loss of Power STS Pointer Value Pointer J ustification Manual Start Stop Tired 1s to 99 days with 1 s resolution Continu ous 1 min 5min 15 min 1 hour displays 72 hours with 1 min resolution 15 nin 60 min 4 Frs 12 hs displays 45 days with 15 min resolution Result Logging All rreasurerrents are recorded with start stop tive and date The current and previous results are stored in rremory both totalized and graphical Both graphical and totalized results can be stored ona disk Utilities TroubleScan Scans all nreasurerent results for key violations CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual D 7 Appendix D Specifications Table D 1 Standard CTS 710 Specifications Cont Characteristic AutoScan Stored Setups Pass Fail Tests Add Drop Interface for Data Communication Channels and User Channels Triggering Disk Drive Description AutoScan to incoring signal rate mapping frarring and pattem Identifies inconing signal and presents graphical display of SPE and VT structure Identifies VT signal status by showing VT number equip
264. use Control Updates Active D1 D3 Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Al 11110110 az 00101000 ci 00000000 81 10001100 E1 00000000 F1 00000000 D4 D12 D1 00000000 bz 00000000 03 00000000 H1 01100010 Hz 00001010 Ha 00000000 82 11100100 Ki 00000000 Kz 00000000 p4 00000000 ps 00000000 pe 00000000 F1 br 00000000 ps 00000000 ps 00000000 D10 00000000 D11 00000000 D12 00000000 z 00000000 z2 00000000 E2 00000000 F2 RECEIVE SIGNAL ORT slag PATH SETTINGS STATUS ES OVERHEAD Figure 3 42 Dropping Data from the DCC CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Setting SONETSDH Receive Parameters To drop data from the User Channel 1 Connect an external protocol analyzer to the CTS 710 using the Overhead Add Drop Port on the rear panel of the CTS 710 2 Configure the CTS 710 to drop the User Channel data byte Press Menu Button RECEIVE Highlight Parameter Extemal Drop see Figure 3 43 Select Choice F2 m Select None if you do not want to drop the User Channel data m Select F2 to drop the User Channel byte Tek Measurements Stopped amp oc 1 RECEIVE oc 1 CHOICES Receiving OC 1 with STS 1 1 under test Overhead View STS Path Overhead None External Drop F2 User Byte Pause Control Updates Active D1 D3 Path Overhead Path Trace Message 00110000 Tektronix CTS 710 SONET D4_p12 110011111 Tes
265. utomatic Protection Switching Table 3 17 Choices for Bits 1 4 of the K1 Byte When Mode is Set to Span Cont Main Screen Mnemonic Choice Text Bit Pattern SF HP SF Signal Fail High 1101 FS FS Forced Switch 1110 LP LP Lockout of Protection 1011 The label for Bits 5 8 of the K1 byte is Destination Node ID when the mode is set to Span The label for Bits 5 8 is Channel Requesting when the mode is set to Ring To set the bit pattern for the last four bits of the K1 byte Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice APS TRANSMIT Bits 5 8 as appropriate COMMANDS under K1 FULL BYTE CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 165 Testing Automatic Protection Switching See Table 3 18 for descriptions of the preset choices Table 3 18 Choices for Bits 5 8 of the K1 Byte Main Screen Mnemonic Choice Text Bit Pattern 0 0000 0000 4 0001 0001 2 2 0010 0010 8 0011 0011 4 4 0100 0100 5 5 0101 0101 6 6 0110 0110 7 7 0111 0111 8 1000 1000 7 2 1001 1001 0 40 1010 1010 1 1 1011 1011 2 2 1100 1100 3 3 1101 1101 4 44 1110 1110 5 45 1111 umu Setting the K2 Byte There are two ways to edit the bits of the K2 byte The first way is to set the value of each bit of the byte one bit at a time The second way is to assign values to the bits using preset choices which use mnemonics to identify bit
266. ver the file with an MS DOS disk recovery program Frequency offset disabled with current transmit clock You attempted to change from Pointer Timing Mode to Frequency Offset while the transmit clock was set to External Frequency Offset can be selected only when the transmit clock is set to Internal or Recovered Hardcopy already in progress You tried to start a printout while a printout was already in progress Wait until the current printout completes and then select Print again Instrument unable to drop signal while transmitting current rate You attempted to turn on tributary drop while the transmit rate was set to a tributary rate Because the tributary transmit connector and tributary drop connector are the same connector you cannot transmit a tributary signal and drop a tributary signal at the same time Internal diagnostics failed A malfunction has occurred that requires servicing Contact a Tektronix representative for assistance Internal Error N Contact Tektronix Service A hardware malfunction has occurred that requires servicing Contact a Tektronix representa tive for assistance Internal format of file incorrect file not read You recalled a file that does not contain data in the correct format This occurs when a file is recalled that happens to have the same extension as the type of CTS 710 file being recalled but it is not a CTS 710 file B 6 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Appendix B Status and Error Mes
267. verview identified by a page tab located at the bottom of the display see Figure 2 8 USNM TEST RECALL RECALL SAVE SAVE INSTRUMENT PASS FAIL INSTRUMENT PASS FAIL CONTROL SETUPS TESTS SETUPS TESTS TRANSMIT TRANSMIT ERRORS POINTERS APS TRANSPORT PATH SETTINGS amp ALARMS amp TIMING COMMANDS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD RECEIVE RECEIVE SIGNAL TRANSPORT PATH SETTINGS STATUS OVERHEAD OVERHEAD RESULTS TEST MAIN ERROR HISTORY SAVE RECALL SUMMARY RESULTS ANALYSIS GRAPHS RESULTS RESULTS mg MISC PRINTER REMOTE INSTR SELF SETTINGS SETUP CONTROL CONFIG TEST Figure 2 8 Menus and Pages The CTS 710 always displays a menu The name of the current menu is shown near the top of the display To change to another menu press a menu button on the front panel 2 10 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Functional Overview NOTE The only times pressing a menu button does not change menus are when a dialog box is displayed or when you are entering a value for a parameter You must first exit the dialog box or finish entering the value before you can change menus A page usually provides control over a related group of instrument functions or parameters For example the TRANSMIT SETTINGS page in the TRANSMIT menu controls the rate format and active channels of the signal transmitted by the CTS 710 However some pages display information rather than provid
268. vice Center CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual 3 211 Changing Instrument Settings 3 212 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual A Appendices EE Appendix A Menu Maps gg TEST CONTROL Page SETUPS TRANSMIT RECEIVE Test Duration 5min i History Resolution 15 min RESULTS UTILITY 1 hour Continuous USER DEFINED Normal Lmin Low 15min ET m RECALL INSTRUMENT SETUPS Page SETUPS cle TRANSMIT RECEIVE Menory CJ 0 DEFAULT uniiny 1 Named when saved TI C 2 Named when saved 3 Named when saved Recall 4 Named when saved Setup 5 Named when saved Disk Choices depend on disk content Recall Setup Delete File CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual AA Menu Maps MENUS _ TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT OO RESULTS Co m MENus TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT Co RESULTS LJ RECEIVE J UTILITY L RECEIVE Bl UTILITY L RECALL PASS FAIL TESTS Page Disk Choices depend on disk content Recall amp Run Test Delete File Narre SETUP_XX Description Clear Save to Merrory EDIT NAME Save To Disk None Clear EDIT TEX Mervory 1 Memory 2 Menrory 3 Mervory 4 Menory 5 Save File CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Menu Maps MENUs TEST SETUPS TRANSMIT Co RESULTS o CTS 710 SO
269. was in Through Mode You cannot insert errors while the CTS 710 is in Through Mode because the transmit signal must match the received signal Errors in test recall test not loaded The CTS 710 encountered disk errors while recalling a pass fail test and the operation was aborted You might be able to recover the file with an MS DOS disk recovery program Extra data in history file ignored You recalled a history file that contains extra data This can occur if the history file has been edited with a file editor and the edited file contains inappropriate informa tion Failure generation invalid while in through mode You attempted to transmit a failure while the CTS 710 was in Through Mode Transmit settings cannot be changed while the transmit rate is set to Through Mode File name required You entered a name for an instrument setup a pass fail test or a results file and then you removed the name by selecting Clear This message is just a reminder that a name must be CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual BS Appendix B Status and Error Messages entered for the file to be saved to disk that is there is no default file name Filename not found This message appears if the disk was swapped after the directory was read and you attempted to recall a file Insert the original disk and recall the file again File not read A disk error occurred while reading a file The file is probably corrupted though you might be able to reco
270. y highlighting Description and selecting EDIT TEXT 7 Save the test results to disk as follows Press Menu Select Menu Highlight Button Page Parameter Select Choice Save to Disk Save Current Fault Tolerance Checking Fault tolerance testing sometimes called stimulus response testing or stress testing is used to ensure that a network responds correctly to various fault conditions Though there are many additional fault conditions you can test with the CTS 710 this section covers three common examples m Response to errors and alarms m Response to pointer movements m Response to line frequency offset Response to Errors and Alarms This example uses two CTS 710s to simultaneously check the upstream and downstream responses to an error or alarm condition You can use a single CTS 710 to do the same thing by alternately 3 8 CTS 710 SONET Test Set User Manual Basic Test Procedures connecting the upstream and downstream signals to the RECEIVE input Table 3 1 shows the responses expected from Line Terminating Equipment LTE such as an STS 3 STS 1 multiplexer when presented with three possible error and alarm conditions Table 3 1 LTE Responses to Errors and Alarms Transmitted Error or Expected Down Alarm stream Response Section B1 Error none LINE AIS LINE FERF PATH AIS PATH FERF none PATH FERF 1 Connect two CTS 710s to an LTE as shown in Figure 3 4 CTS 710 SONET Test Set CTS 710 SONET T

Tektronix cts710 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents